SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM – AIRBAG SYSTEM RS–1 AIRBAG SYSTEM PRECAUTION CAUTION: • The vehicle is equipped with a Supplemental Restraint System (SRS), which consists of a steering pad, front passenger airbag, curtain shield airbag, front seat side airbag, seat belt pretensioner, center airbag sensor, front airbag sensor, side airbag sensor, rear airbag sensor, occupant classification ECU and seat position airbag sensor. Failure to carry out service procedures in the correct sequence could cause SRS parts to unexpectedly deploy and possibly lead to serious injuries. Furthermore, if a mistake is made when service SRS parts, they may fail to operate when required. Before performing servicing (including installation/removal, inspection and replacement of parts), be sure to read the following precautions. • Before starting work, wait at least 90 seconds after the power switch is turned OFF and after the cable of the negative (-) battery terminal is disconnected. (SRS parts are equipped with a back-up power source. If work is started within 90 seconds of turning the power switch OFF and disconnecting the cable from the negative (-) battery terminal, SRS parts may deploy.) (The SRS is equipped with a back-up power source, so if work is started within 90 seconds of disconnecting the negative (-) terminal cable of the battery, the SRS may be deployed). • Do not expose the steering pad, front passenger airbag, center airbag sensor, front airbag sensor, front seat inner belt, seat position airbag sensor, occupant classification ECU, front seat airbag, side airbag sensor, curtain shield airbag, rear seat airbag, rear airbag sensor, front seat outer belt or rear seat outer belt directly to hot air or flames. NOTICE: • Malfunction symptoms of SRS parts are difficult to confirm. DTCs are the most important source of information when troubleshooting. During troubleshooting, always confirm DTCs before disconnecting the cable from the negative (-) battery terminal. • Even in the case of a minor collision when the SRS does not deploy, the steering pad, front passenger airbag, center airbag sensor, front airbag sensor, front seat inner belt, seat position airbag sensor, occupant classification ECU, front seat airbag, side airbag sensor, curtain shield airbag, rear seat airbag, rear airbag sensor, front seat outer belt or rear seat outer belt should be inspected. • Before repair work, remove airbag sensors as necessary if any kind of impact is likely to occur to an airbag sensor during the operation. RS RS–2 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM – AIRBAG SYSTEM • Never use SRS parts from another vehicle. When replacing SRS parts, replace them with new ones. • Never disassemble or attempt to repair SRS parts. • If an SRS part has been dropped, or if there are any cracks, dents or other defects in the case, bracket or connector, replace the SRS part with a new one. • Use an ohmmeter/voltmeter with high impedance (10 kΩ/V minimum) for troubleshooting the electrical circuits. • Information labels are attached to the periphery of SRS parts. Follow the cautions and instructions on the labels. • After work on SRS parts is completed, perform the SRS warning light check (see page RS-31). • When the cable is disconnected from the negative (-) battery terminal, the memory settings of each system will be cleared. Because of this, be sure to write down the settings of each system before starting work. When work is finished, reset the settings of each system as before. Never use a back-up power supply from outside the vehicle to avoid erasing the memory in a system. • If the vehicle is equipped with a mobile communication system, refer to the precaution in the INTRODUCTION section (see page IN-5). • When disconnecting the cable from the negative (-) battery terminal, initialize the following system(s) after the cable is reconnected. RS System Name Power Window Control System See procedure IN-32 HINT: In the airbag system, the center airbag sensor, front airbag sensor LH and RH, side airbag sensor LH and RH, rear airbag sensor LH and RH are collectively referred to as the airbag sensors. 1. HANDLING PRECAUTIONS FOR AIRBAG SENSORS (a) Before starting the following operations, wait for at least 90 seconds after disconnecting the negative () terminal cable from the battery: (1) Replacement of the airbag sensors. (2) Adjustment of the front/rear doors of the vehicle equipped with the side airbag and curtain shield airbag (fitting adjustment). (b) When connecting or disconnecting the airbag sensor connectors, ensure that each sensor is installed in the vehicle. (c) Do not use the airbag sensors which has been dropped during the operation or transportation. (d) Do not disassemble the airbag sensors. SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM – AIRBAG SYSTEM 2. RS–3 INSPECTION PROCEDURE FOR VEHICLE INVOLVED IN ACCIDENT (a) When the airbag has not deployed, confirm the DTCs by checking the SRS warning light. If there is any malfunction in the SRS airbag system, perform troubleshooting. (b) When any of the airbags have deployed, replace the airbag sensors and check the installation condition. RS RS–4 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM – AIRBAG SYSTEM 3. RS SRS CONNECTORS (a) SRS connectors are located as shown in the following illustration. 7 Front Airbag Sensor LH 5 6 8 Steering Pad (Driver Side Squib) 11 9 Spiral Cable 10 12 HV ECU 13 14 Rear Airbag Sensor LH 15 16 Seat Position Sensor 17 18 Front Seat Side Airbag LH (Side Squib LH) 19 20 Front Seat Outer Belt LH (Front Pretensioner Squib LH) 21 4 3 2 1 4 3 22 Center Airbag Sensor Side Airbag Sensor LH 23 24 Curtain Shield Airbag LH (Curtain Shield Squib LH) 25 26 C132223E01 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM – AIRBAG SYSTEM 7 5 RS–5 Front Airbag Sensor RH 6 8 RS 29 27 28 Front Passenger Airbag (Front Passenger Side Squib) 30 31 Passenger Airbag ON/OFF Indicator 32 15 Rear Airbag Sensor RH 16 33 Occupant Classification ECU 34 19 Front Seat Side Airbag RH (Side Squib RH) 20 3 4 1 2 3 4 21 Front Seat Outer Belt RH (Front Pretensioner Squib RH) 22 Center Airbag Sensor 23 Side Airbag Sensor RH 24 25 Curtain Shield Airbag RH (Curtain Shield Squib RH) 26 C132224E01 No. Item Application (1) Terminal Twin-Lock Mechanism Connectors 2, 4, 5, 6, 7, 9, 15, 23, 24 (2) Activation Prevention Mechanism Connectors 2, 4, 10, 12, 20, 22, 26, 28, 30 (3) Half Connection Prevention Mechanism Connectors 6, 7, 9, 15, 19, 23, 27 RS–6 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM – AIRBAG SYSTEM No. Item (4) Connector Lock Mechanism (1) (5) Connector Lock Mechanism (2) Connector 2, 4 (6) Improper Connection Prevention Lock Mechanism Connector 1, 3 RS Spacer Housing Female Male Z005953E02 ● When Connector is Connected Application Connectors 11, 21, 25, 29 (b) All connectors in the SRS, except the seat position airbag sensor connector, are colored yellow to distinguish them from other connectors. These connectors have special functions, and are specially designed for the SRS. All SRS connectors use durable gold-plated terminals, and are placed in the locations shown above to ensure high reliability. (1) Terminal twin-lock mechanism: All connectors with a terminal twin-lock mechanism have a two-piece component consisting of a housing and a spacer. This design enables the terminal to be locked securely by two locking devices (the retainer and the lance) to prevent terminals from coming out. (2) Activation prevention mechanism: All connectors with an activation prevention mechanism contain a short spring plate. When these connectors are disconnected, the short spring plate creates a short circuit by automatically connecting the positive (+) and negative (-) terminals of the squib. ● When Connector is Disconnected Short Spring Plate Short Spring Plate Housing Contacting Male Terminal Housing Short Spring Plate ON Terminal Squib Connectors Short Spring Plate Squib Closed Circuit R010587E02 RS–7 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM – AIRBAG SYSTEM (3) Half connection prevention mechanism: If the connector is not completely connected, the connector is disconnected due to the spring operation so that no continuity exists. Locking Part Stopper Locking Arm Spring Slider Stopper RS Rebounded by Slider (Spring) H040180E02 (4) Connector position assurance mechanism: Only when the housing lock (white part) is completely engaged, the CPA (yellow part) slides, which completes the connector engagement. Housing Lock (White Part) CPA (Yellow Part) H043306E02 (5) Connector lock mechanism (1): Locking the connector lock button connects the connector securely. Lock Button Claw Groove H040181E04 RS–8 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM – AIRBAG SYSTEM (6) Connector lock mechanism (2): Both the primary lock with holder lances and the secondary lock with retainer prevent the connectors from being disconnected. Holder RS Lance Retainer Retainer H043918E01 (7) Improper connection prevention lock mechanism: When connecting the holder, the lever is pushed into the end by rotating around the A axis to lock the holder securely. A A Lever H043245E01 RS–9 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM – AIRBAG SYSTEM 4. Lock Button (Yellow part) Lock Button (Yellow part) (a) DISCONNECTION OF CONNECTORS FOR STEERING PAD, FRONT PASSENGER AIRBAG (SQUIB SIDE), CURTAIN SHIELD AIRBAG AND FRONT SEAT OUTER BELT HINT: Tape the screwdriver tip before use. (a) Release the lock button (yellow part) of the connector using a screwdriver. (b) Insert the screwdriver tip between the connector and the base, and then raise the connector. Mark H042906E04 5. CONNECTION OF CONNECTORS FOR STEERING PAD, FRONT PASSENGER AIRBAG (SQUIB SIDE), CURTAIN SHIELD AIRBAG AND FRONT SEAT OUTER BELT (a) Connect the connector. RS RS–10 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM – AIRBAG SYSTEM (b) Push down securely on the lock button (yellow part) of the connector. When locking, a click sound can be heard. RS Lock Button (Yellow part) H043151E04 6. Slider DISCONNECTION OF CONNECTOR FOR FRONT PASSENGER AIRBAG (INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE SIDE) (a) Place a finger on the slider, slide the slider to release the lock, and then disconnect the connector. Slider Disconnection is completed H001586E02 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM – AIRBAG SYSTEM 7. RS–11 CONNECTION OF CONNECTOR FOR FRONT PASSENGER AIRBAG (INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE SIDE) (a) Connect the connector as shown in the illustration. When locking, make sure that the slider returns to its original position and a click sound can be heard. HINT: When connecting, the slider will slide. Be sure not to touch the slider while connecting, as it may result in an insecure fit. Slider Slider Connection is completed H043731E02 8. Slider DISCONNECTION OF CONNECTORS FOR FRONT SEAT AIRBAG (a) Place a finger on the slider, slide the slider to release the lock, and then disconnect the connector. Slider Disconnect is completed H001584E09 RS RS–12 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM – AIRBAG SYSTEM 9. RS CONNECTION OF CONNECTORS FOR FRONT SEAT AIRBAG (a) Connect the connector as shown in the illustration. When locking, make sure that the slider returns to its original position and a click sound can be heard. HINT: When connecting, the slider will slide. Be sure not to touch the slider while connecting, as it may result in an insecure fit. Slider Slider Connection is completed H043169E02 10. DISCONNECTION OF CONNECTOR FOR CENTER AIRBAG SENSOR (a) Pull the lever by pushing part A as shown in the illustration and disconnect the holder (with connectors). A Holder (with connectors) Disconnection is completed H045112E01 HINT: Perform the following procedures when replacing the holder. SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM – AIRBAG SYSTEM RS–13 (b) Remove the holder. (1) Using a screwdriver, unlock the retainer. RS Retainer H043188E01 (2) Release the fitting lance and remove the holder. Lances H043189E01 H043190E01 (c) Install the holder. (1) Install the connectors to the holder. When locking, a click sound can be heard. HINT: The retainer is locked when the holder is connected. 11. CONNECTION OF CONNECTOR FOR CENTER AIRBAG SENSOR ASSEMBLY (a) Firmly insert the holder (with connectors) into the center airbag sensor until it cannot be pushed any further. RS–14 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM – AIRBAG SYSTEM (b) Push the lever to connect the holder (with connectors). When locking, a click sound can be heard. HINT: The holder slides in to the center airbag sensor when it is being connected. Be sure not to hold the holder while connecting, as it may result in an insecure fit. RS Holder (with connectors) Lever Connection is completed H045113E01 12. DISCONNECTION OF CONNECTOR FOR FRONT AIRBAG SENSOR (a) Push down the housing lock (white part) and slide the CPA (yellow part). At this time, the connector cannot be disconnected yet. (b) Push down the housing lock (white part) again and disconnect the connector. HINT: Do not push down the A part shown in the illustration when disconnecting. SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM – AIRBAG SYSTEM RS–15 A Housing Lock (White Part) Connector lock is released CPA (Yellow Part) H043302E02 (c) After disconnecting the connector, check that the position of the housing lock (white part) is as shown in the illustration. H043303E02 RS RS–16 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM – AIRBAG SYSTEM 13. CONNECTION OF CONNECTOR FOR FRONT AIRBAG SENSOR (a) Before connecting the connectors, check that the position of the housing lock (white part) is as shown in the illustration. RS H043304E01 (b) Be sure to engage the connectors until they are locked. When locking, make sure that a click sound can be heard. HINT: When connecting them, the housing lock (white part) slides. Be sure not to hold the housing lock (white part) and part A, as it may result in an insecure fit. A Housing Lock (White Part) CPA (Yellow Part) Connection is completed H043305E02 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM – AIRBAG SYSTEM Outer H002763E02 RS–17 14. DISCONNECTION OF CONNECTORS FOR SIDE AIRBAG SENSOR AND REAR AIRBAG SENSOR (a) While holding both the sides of the outer connector locking sleeve, slide the outer in the direction shown by the arrow. (b) When the connector lock is released, the connectors are disconnected. HINT: Be sure to hold both outer flank sides. Holding the top and bottom will make disconnection difficult. Connector lock is released Disconnection is completed H002764E02 15. CONNECTION OF CONNECTORS FOR SIDE AIRBAG SENSOR AND REAR AIRBAG SENSOR (a) Connect the connector as shown in the illustration When locking, make sure that the outer returns to its original position and a click sound can be heard. HINT: When connecting, the outer will slide. Be sure not to hold the outer while connecting, as it may result in an insecure fit. Outer Outer Connection is completed H002768E02 RS RS–18 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM – AIRBAG SYSTEM PARTS LOCATION RS REAR AIRBAG SENSOR SIDE AIRBAG SENSOR FRONT AIRBAG SENSOR C123569E02 RS–19 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM – AIRBAG SYSTEM RS CURTAIN SHIELD AIRBAG ASSEMBLY FRONT SEAT SIDE AIRBAG ASSEMBLY FRONT SEAT OUTER BELT ASSEMBLY RH FRONT SEAT OUTER BELT ASSEMBLY LH SEAT POSITION SENSOR FRONT SEAT INNER BELT ASSEMBLY OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION ECU C123571E02 RS–20 RS SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM – AIRBAG SYSTEM COMBINATION METER SRS WARNING LIGHT FRONT PASSENGER AIRBAG ASSEMBLY SPIRAL CABLE DLC3 STEERING PAD CENTER AIRBAG SENSOR ASSEMBLY C123570E02 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM – AIRBAG SYSTEM RS–21 SYSTEM DIAGRAM Steering Pad (Driver Side Squib) Front Airbag Sensor LH RS Front Passenger Airbag (Driver Side Squib) Front Airbag Sensor RH Side Airbag Sensor LH Front Seat Airbag LH (Driver Side Squib LH)* Side Airbag Sensor RH Front Seat Airbag RH (Front Passenger Side Squib RH)* Rear Airbag Sensor LH Rear Airbag Sensor RH Center Airbag Sensor Curtain Shield Airbag LH (Driver Side Squib LH)* Seat Position Airbag Sensor Curtain Shield Airbag RH (Front Passenger Side Squib RH)* Front Seat Inner Belt LH Occupant Classification ECU Front Seat Outer Belt LH (Driver Side Pretensioner LH) Front Seat Outer Belt RH (Front Passenger Pretensioner RH) Passenger Airbag ON/OFF Indicator Combination Meter HV ECU *: w/ Side Airbag and Curtain Shield Airbag DLC3 C123547E02 RS–22 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM – AIRBAG SYSTEM SYSTEM DESCRIPTION 1. RS 2. SRS AIRBAG SYSTEM OUTLINE (a) FRONTAL COLLISION (1) The driver and front passenger airbag are designed to supplement seat belts in the event of a front collision in order to help reduce shock to the head and chest of the driver and front passenger. (2) Frontal collisions are detected by the center airbag sensor and two front airbag sensors. The driver and front passenger airbag and the seat belt pretensioner then operate simultaneously. (3) Electrical deceleration sensors are built into the two front airbag sensors in the engine compartment in order to detect the severity of the impact during the initial stage of the collision. The deployment of the driver and front passenger airbags are controlled in two stages according to the severity of the impact. (b) SIDE COLLISION (1) The front seat airbag and curtain shield airbag are designed to help reduce shock to the driver, front passenger and rear outer passenger. The curtain shield airbag was designed to help reduce shock to the front and rear passengers in the event of a side collision. (2) Side collisions are detected by the side airbag sensor installed in the bottom of the center pillar and the airbag sensor rear installed in the bottom of the rear pillar. Front side collisions are detected by the side airbag sensor, causing the front seat airbag and curtain shield airbag to deploy simultaneously. Rear side collisions are detected by the airbag sensor rear to deploy only the curtain shield airbag. CONSTRUCTION AND OPERATION (a) FRONT AIRBAG SENSOR (1) The front airbag sensors are installed on the right and left side members. (2) The deceleration sensor and safing sensor are built into the airbag sensor front and distortion that is created in the sensor is converted into an electric signal based on the vehicle deceleration rate during a frontal collision. Accordingly, the extent of the initial collision can be detected in detail. (b) SIDE AIRBAG SENSOR (1) The side airbag sensors are installed on the right and left center pillars. SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM – AIRBAG SYSTEM RS–23 (2) The side airbag sensor consists of the deceleration sensor, safing sensor, ignition control circuit, and diagnostic circuit. The side airbag sensor receives signals from the deceleration sensor and determines whether the front seat airbag and curtain shield airbag should be activated, and diagnoses system malfunctions simultaneously. (c) REAR AIRBAG SENSOR (1) The rear airbag sensor is installed on the bottom of the right and left rear pillars respectively. (2) The deceleration sensor and safing sensor are built into the rear airbag sensor and the distortion that is created in the sensor is converted into an electric signal based on the vehicle deceleration rate during a rear side collision. (d) CENTER AIRBAG SENSOR (1) General • The center airbag sensor is installed on the center floor under the instrument panel. • The center airbag sensor consists of the deceleration sensor, safing sensor, electrical safing sensor, ignition control circuit and diagnostic circuit. • The center airbag sensor receives signals from the deceleration sensors and safing sensors built into the center airbag sensor and front airbag sensor. • The center airbag sensor causes the front seat side airbag and the curtain shield airbag to deploy when receiving signals from the deceleration sensor and the safing sensor built into the side airbag sensor. • The center airbag sensor receives signals from the deceleration sensors and the electrical safing sensors built into the center airbag sensor and the rear airbag sensor, and determines whether or not the curtain shield airbag should be activated, and then diagnoses system malfunctions. • The center airbag sensor can be check using check mode, which can detect and output DTCs. If the malfunction does not recur during troubleshooting, joggling each connector or driving on various type of roads with the center airbag sensor in check mode as a simulation method makes it possible to obtain more accurate information. RS RS–24 RS SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM – AIRBAG SYSTEM (2) Deceleration sensor and ignition control circuit • The deceleration sensor is built into the center airbag sensor, and the distortion created based on the deceleration of the vehicle during a frontal or rear side collision is converted into an electric signal. • The ignition control circuit performs calculations based on the signal output from the deceleration sensors of the center airbag sensor and front airbag sensor. If the calculated values are greater than the specified values, the airbag deploy. (3) Safing sensor • The safing sensor is built into the center airbag sensor. During a frontal collision, the sensor turns on and outputs an ON signal to the center airbag sensor if a deceleration rate greater than the specified value is applied to the safing sensor. (4) Electronic safing sensor • The electronic safing sensor is built into the center airbag sensor. During a rear side collision, the sensor turns on and outputs an ON signal to the center airbag sensor if a deceleration rate greater than the specified value is applied to the electronic safing sensor. (5) Back-up power source • The back-up power source consists of a condenser and a DC-DC converter. When the power system does not function during a collision, the condenser discharges and supplies electric power to the system. The DC-DC converter operates as a boosting transformer when the battery voltage falls below a predetermined level. (6) Diagnostic circuit • This circuit constantly diagnoses the system malfunctions. When a malfunction is detected, it lights up the SRS warning light on the combination meter to inform the driver. (7) Memory circuit • When a malfunction is detected in the diagnostic circuit, it is coded and stored in the memory circuit. (e) SRS WARNING LIGHT (1) The SRS warning light is located on the combination meter. The SRS warning light informs the driver of detected malfunctions in the diagnostic circuit of the center airbag sensor or the SRS airbag system. Under normal operating conditions when the power switch is turned on, the SRS warning light comes on for approximately 6 seconds and then goes off. SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM – AIRBAG SYSTEM 3. RS–25 DEPLOYMENT CONDITION When the vehicle collides and the shock is greater than the specified value, the SRS is activated automatically. The center airbag sensor includes the safing sensor and deceleration sensor. The safing sensor was designed to the turned on at a smaller deceleration rate than the deceleration sensor. (a) The center airbag sensor determines whether or not ignition is necessary based on signals from the deceleration sensor and the front airbag sensor*. If the deceleration sensor, front airbag sensor* and safing sensor turn on simultaneously, current flows to the squibs to deploy the SRS as shown in the illustration below. Center Airbag Sensor Safing Sensor ON Steering Pad AND Front Passenger Airbag Deceleration Sensor ON Center Airbag Sensor Safing Sensor ON Steering Pad AND Front Passenger Airbag Deceleration Sensor ON AND Front Airbag Sensor* C C109526E11 HINT: *: In case of front collision, the ignition signal could be output with the deceleration sensor ON signal even without a signal from the front airbag sensor. RS RS–26 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM – AIRBAG SYSTEM (b) The center airbag sensor determines whether or not ignition is necessary based on signals from the side airbag sensor. If the side airbag sensor and safing sensor turn on simultaneously, current flows to the squib to deploy the SRS as shown in the illustration below. RS Safing Sensor AND Front Seat Airbag Side Airbag Sensor C C109527E10 (c) The center airbag sensor determines whether or not ignition is necessary based on signals from the rear airbag sensor. If the rear airbag sensor and safing sensor turn on simultaneously, current flows to the squib to deploy the SRS as shown in the illustration below. Front Seat Airbag Deployment Safing Sensor Front Seat Side Airbag OR AND Curtain Shield Airbag* Rear Airbag Sensor* C C109528E10 HINT: *: If the front seat airbag deploys, the curtain shield airbag will also deploy, regardless of whether the signal is output from the rear airbag sensor. SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM – AIRBAG SYSTEM RS–27 HOW TO PROCEED WITH TROUBLESHOOTING HINT: • Use these procedures to troubleshoot the airbag system. • *: Use the intelligent tester. 1 VEHICLE BROUGHT TO WORKSHOP NEXT 2 INSPECT BATTERY VOLTAGE Standard voltage: 11 to 14 V If the voltage is below 11 V, recharge or replace the battery before proceeding. NEXT 3 CHECK MULTIPLEX COMMUNICATION SYSTEM* (a) Check the DTC (see page RS-38). Result Result Proceed to DTC is not output A DTC is output B B CHECK MULTIPLEX COMMUNICATION SYSTEM A 4 CHECK CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM* (a) Check the DTC (see page RS-38). Result Result DTC is not output A DTC is output B B A 5 NEXT WARNING LIGHT CHECK Proceed to CHECK CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT RS RS–28 6 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM – AIRBAG SYSTEM CHECK DTC (Present and Past DTCs)* (a) Check the DTC (see page RS-38). Result RS Result Proceed to DTC is not output A DTC is output B B PROBLEM SYMPTOMS TABLE A 7 DTC CHART NEXT 8 CIRCUIT INSPECTION NEXT 9 REPAIR NEXT 10 CLEAR DTC (Present and Past DTCs)* NEXT 11 CHECK DTC (Present and Past DTCs)* (a) Check the DTC (see page RS-38). Result Result DTC is not output A DTC is output B B A Proceed to Go to step 6 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM – AIRBAG SYSTEM 12 RS–29 CONFIRMATION TEST NEXT RS END RS–30 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM – AIRBAG SYSTEM PROBLEM SYMPTOMS TABLE HINT: • Use the table below to help determine the cause of the problem symptom. The potential causes of the symptoms are listed in order of probability in the "Suspected area" column of the table. Check each symptom by checking the suspected areas in the order they are listed. Replace parts as necessary. • Inspect the fuses and relays related to this system before inspecting the suspected areas below. RS Airbag system Symptom Suspected area See page The SRS warning light sometimes comes on after approximately 6 seconds when the power switch is ON (IG). SRS Warning Light Remains ON RS-161 The SRS warning light remains on when DTC is not output. SRS Warning Light Remains ON RS-161 The SRS warning light does not come on with the power switch ON (IG). SRS Warning Light does not Come ON RS-165 SRS warning light blinks. TC and CG Terminal Circuit RS-167 DTC cannot read. TC and CG Terminal Circuit RS-167 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM – AIRBAG SYSTEM RS–31 TERMINALS OF ECU RS A17 A18 A19 C109532E08 Terminal No. Terminal Symbol Destination A17-1 SFD+ Front seat side airbag LH (Side squib LH) A17-2 SFD- Front seat side airbag LH (Side squib LH) A17-3 ICD- Curtain shield airbag LH (Driver side curtain shield squib) A17-4 ICD+ Curtain shield airbag LH (Driver side curtain shield squib) A17-5 PD+ Front seat outer belt LH (Driver side pretensioner squib) A17-6 PD- Front seat outer belt LH (Driver side pretensioner squib) A17-9 DSP+ Seat position sensor A17-10 DBE+ Front seat inner belt LH A17-17 DSP- Seat position sensor A17-18 DBE- Front seat inner belt LH A17-19 VUPD Side airbag sensor LH A17-20 VUCD Rear airbag sensor LH A17-21 ESD Side airbag sensor LH A17-22 ESCD Rear airbag sensor LH A18-1 P2+ Front passenger airbag (Front passenger side squib 2nd step) A18-2 P2- Front passenger airbag (Front passenger side squib 2nd step) A18-3 P- Front passenger airbag (Front passenger side squib) A18-4 P+ Front passenger airbag (Front passenger side squib) A18-5 D+ Steering pad (Driver side squib) A18-6 D- Steering pad (Driver side squib) A18-7 D2- Steering pad (Driver side squib 2nd step) A18-8 D2+ Steering pad (Driver side squib 2nd step) RS–32 RS SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM – AIRBAG SYSTEM Terminal No. Terminal Symbol Destination A18-13 PBEW Combination meter ECU A18-14 LA Combination meter A18-15 TC DLC3 A18-16 SIL DLC3 A18-17 P-AB Front passenger seat belt warning light (Passenger airbag ON/OFF indicator) A18-21 IG2 IGN fuse A18-22 GSW2 HV ECU A18-23 PAON Front passenger seat belt warning light (Passenger airbag ON/OFF indicator) A18-25 E1 Ground A18-26 E2 Ground A18-27 -SR Front airbag sensor RH A18-28 -SL Front airbag sensor LH A18-29 +SR Front airbag sensor RH A18-30 +SL Front airbag sensor LH A19-3 PP- Front seat outer belt RH (Front passenger side pretensioner squib RH) A19-4 PP+ Front seat outer belt RH (Front passenger side pretensioner squib RH) A19-5 ICP+ Curtain shield airbag RH (Curtain shield squib RH) A19-6 ICP- Curtain shield airbag RH (Curtain shield squib RH) A19-7 SFP- Front seat side airbag RH (Side squib RH) A19-8 SFP+ Front seat side airbag RH (Side squib RH) A19-16 FSP+ Occupant classification ECU A19-19 ESCP Side airbag sensor RH A19-20 ESP Rear airbag sensor RH A19-21 VUCP Side airbag sensor RH A19-22 VUPP Rear airbag sensor RH A19-24 FSP- Occupant classification ECU SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM – AIRBAG SYSTEM RS–33 DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM 1. 2. CG SG CANH SIL CANL DESCRIPTION The center airbag sensor controls the functions of the Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) on the vehicle. Data of the SRS can be read in the Data Link Connector 3 (DLC3) of the vehicle. When the system seems to be malfunctioning, use the intelligent tester to check for a malfunction and perform repairs. CHECK DLC3 (a) The ECU uses ISO 15765-4 for communication. The terminal arrangement of the DLC3 complies with ISO 15031-3 and matches the ISO 15765-4 format. BAT H100769E16 Symbols (Terminal No.) Terminal Description Condition Specified Condition SIL (7) - SG (5) Bus "+" line During transmission Pulse generation CG (4) - Body ground Chassis ground Always Below 1 Ω SG (5) - Body ground Signal ground Always Below 1 Ω BAT (16) - Body ground Battery positive Always 11 to 14 V CANH (6) - CANL (14) HIGH-Level CAN bus line Power switch is OFF* 54 to 69 Ω CANH (6) - Battery positive HIGH-level CAN bus line Power switch is OFF* 1 kΩ or more CANH (6) - CG (4) HIGH-level CAN bus line Power switch is OFF* 1 kΩ or more CANL (14) - Battery positive LOW-level CAN bus line Power switch is OFF* 1 MΩ or more CANL (14) - CG (4) LOW-level CAN bus line Power switch is OFF* 1 MΩ or more NOTICE: *: Before measuring the resistance, leave the vehicle as is for at least 1 minute and do not operate the power switch, any other switches or the doors. If the result is not as specified, the DLC3 may have a malfunction. Repair or replace the harness and connector. HINT: Connect the cable of the intelligent tester (with CAN VIM) to the DLC3, turn the power switch ON (IG) and attempt to use the tester. If the display indicates that a communication error has occurred, there is a problem either with the vehicle or with the tester. • If communication is normal when the tester is connected to another vehicle, inspect the DLC3 on the original vehicle. • If communication is still not possible when the tool is connected to another vehicle, the problem is probably in the tester itself. Consult the Service Department listed in the tester's instruction manual. RS RS–34 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM – AIRBAG SYSTEM 3. RS Vibrate Slightly Shake Slightly Vibrate Slightly 4. D025083E02 SYMPTOM SIMULATION HINT: The most difficult case in troubleshooting is when no problem symptoms occur. In such a case, a thorough problem analysis must be carried out. A simulation of the same or similar conditions and environment in which the problem occurred in the customer's vehicle should be carried out. No matter how much skill or experience a technician has, troubleshooting without confirming the problem symptoms will lead to important repairs being overlooked and mistakes or delays. (a) Vibration method: When vibration seems to be the major cause. HINT: Perform the simulation method only during the primary check period (for approximately 6 seconds after the power switch ON (IG)). (1) Slightly vibrate the part of the sensor considered to be the problem cause with your fingers and check whether the malfunction occurs. HINT: Shaking the relays too strongly may result in open relays. (2) Slightly shake the connector vertically and horizontally. (3) Slightly shake the wire harness vertically and horizontally. The connector joint and fulcrum of the vibration are the major areas to be checked thoroughly. FUNCTION OF SRS WARNING LIGHT (a) Primary check. (1) Turn the power switch OFF. Wait for at least 2 seconds, then turn the power switch ON (IG). The SRS warning light comes on for approximately 6 seconds and the diagnosis of the airbag system (including the seat belt pretensioners) is performed. HINT: If trouble is detected during the primary check, the SRS warning light remains on even after the primary check period (for approximately 6 seconds) has elapsed. (b) Constant check. (1) After the primary check, the center airbag sensor constantly monitors the airbag system for trouble. HINT: If trouble is detected during the constant check, the center airbag sensor functions as follows: • The SRS warning light comes on. SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM – AIRBAG SYSTEM RS–35 • The SRS warning light goes off, and then comes on. This blinking pattern indicates a source voltage drop. The SRS warning light goes off 10 seconds after the source voltage returns to normal. (c) Review. (1) When the airbag system is normal: The SRS warning light comes on only during the primary check period (for approximately 6 seconds after the power switch is turned ON (IG)). (2) When the airbag system has trouble: • The SRS warning light remains on even after the primary check period has elapsed. • The SRS warning light goes off after the primary check, but comes on again during the constant check. • The SRS warning light does not come on when turning the power switch from OFF to ON (IG). HINT: The center airbag sensor keeps the SRS warning light on if the airbag has been deployed. 5. C093955E02 6. SRS WARNING LIGHT CHECK (a) Turn the power switch ON (IG), and check that the SRS warning light comes on for approximately 6 seconds (primary check). (b) Check that the SRS warning light goes off approximately 6 seconds after the power switch is turned ON (IG) (constant check). HINT: When any of the following symptoms occur, refer to the "Problem Symptoms Table" (see page RS-29). • The SRS warning light comes on occasionally after the primary check period has elapsed. • The SRS warning light comes on, but a DTC is not output. • The power switch is turned from OFF to ON (IG), but the SRS warning light does not come on. ACTIVATION PREVENTION MECHANISM (a) FUNCTION OF ACTIVATION PREVENTION MECHANISM (1) An activation prevention mechanism is built into the connector on the center airbag sensor side of the airbag system squib circuit to prevent accidental airbag activation. (2) This mechanism closes the circuit when the connector is disconnected by bringing the short spring into contact with the terminals and shutting off external electricity to prevent accidental airbag activation. RS RS–36 RS SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM – AIRBAG SYSTEM (b) RELEASE METHOD OF ACTIVATION PREVENTION MECHANISM (1) To release the activation prevention mechanism, insert a piece of paper with the same thickness as the male terminal (approximately 0.5 mm (0.020 in.)) between the terminals and the short spring to break the connection. (2) Refer to the illustrations below concerning connectors utilizing the activation prevention mechanism and its release method. CAUTION: Never release the activation prevention mechanism on the squib connector even when inspecting with the squib disconnected. NOTICE: • Do not release the activation prevention mechanism unless specially directed by the troubleshooting procedure. • To prevent the terminal and the short spring from being damaged, always use a piece of paper of the same thickness as the male terminal. RS–37 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM – AIRBAG SYSTEM 7 Front Airbag Sensor LH 5 6 8 Steering Pad (Driver Side Squib) RS 11 9 Spiral Cable 10 12 HV ECU 13 14 Rear Airbag Sensor LH 15 16 Seat Position Sensor 17 18 Front Seat Side Airbag LH (Side Squib LH) 19 20 Front Seat Outer Belt LH (Front Pretensioner Squib LH) 21 4 3 2 1 4 3 22 Center Airbag Sensor Side Airbag Sensor LH 23 24 Curtain Shield Airbag LH (Curtain Shield Squib LH) 25 26 C132223E01 RS–38 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM – AIRBAG SYSTEM 7 5 Front Airbag Sensor RH 6 8 RS 29 27 28 Front Passenger Airbag (Front Passenger Side Squib) 30 31 Passenger Airbag ON/OFF Indicator 32 15 Rear Airbag Sensor RH 16 33 Occupant Classification ECU 34 19 Front Seat Side Airbag RH (Side Squib RH) 20 3 4 1 2 3 4 21 Front Seat Outer Belt RH (Front Pretensioner Squib RH) 22 Center Airbag Sensor 23 Side Airbag Sensor RH 24 25 Curtain Shield Airbag RH (Curtain Shield Squib RH) 26 C132224E01 RS–39 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM – AIRBAG SYSTEM Center Airbag Sensor Connector Connector 4 Connector 4 Connector 2 RS Short Spring Short Spring Short Spring After Release Before Release Paper Paper Short Spring Connector 10 Short Spring After Release Before Release Paper Short Spring Paper Short Spring Short Spring Connector 28 Before Release Short Spring Short Spring After Release Paper C Short Spring Paper C109538E04 DTC CHECK / CLEAR 1. CG DLC3 TC H100769E50 CHECK DTC (USING SST CHECK WIRE) (a) Check for DTCs (Present DTC). (1) Turn the power switch ON (IG), and wait for approximately 60 seconds. (2) Using SST, connect terminals 13 (TC) and 4 (CG) of the DLC3. SST 09843-18040 RS–40 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM – AIRBAG SYSTEM NOTICE: Connect the terminals to the correct positions to avoid a malfunction. (b) Check for DTCs (Past DTC). (1) Using SST, connect terminals 13 (TC) and 4 (CG) of the DLC3. SST 09843-18040 NOTICE: Connect the terminals to the correct positions to avoid a malfunction. (2) Turn the power switch ON (IG), and wait for approximately 60 seconds. RS Normal System Code (without Past Trouble Code) 0.25 sec. ON OFF 0.25 sec. Normal System Code (with Past Trouble Code) 0.75 sec. ON OFF 0.25 sec. DTC (Example DTCs 11 and 31) 0.5 sec. 2.5 sec. 4.0 sec. 1.5 sec. 0.5 sec. DTC 11 2. Repeat DTC 31 H100355E02 (c) Read the DTCs. (1) Read the blinking patterns of the DTCs. As examples, the blinking patterns for the normal system code and DTCs 11 and 31 are shown in the illustration. • Normal system code indication (without past DTC) The light blinks twice per second. • Normal system code indication (with past DTC) When the past DTC is stored in the center airbag sensor, the light blinks once per second. • DTC indication The first blinking pattern indicates the first digit DTC. The second blinking pattern occurs after a 1.5-second pause. If there are 2 or more DTCs, there is a 2.5second pause between each DTC. After all DTCs are shown, there is a 4.0-second pause, and they are all repeated. HINT: • If 2 or more malfunctions are found, the indication begins with the lowest numbered DTC. • If DTCs are indicated without connecting the terminals, proceed to the "TC and CG Terminal Circuit" (see page RS-167). CLEAR DTC (USING SST CHECK WIRE) (a) Clear the DTCs. (1) When the power switch is turned OFF, the DTCs are cleared. HINT: Depending on the DTCs, the DTCs may not all be cleared by turning off the power switch. In this case, proceed to the next step. (2) Using SST, connect terminals 13 (TC) and 4 (CG) of the DLC3, and then turn the power switch on. SST 09843-18040 RS–41 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM – AIRBAG SYSTEM (3) Disconnect terminal 13 (TC) of the DLC3 within 3 to 10 seconds after the DTCs are output, and check that the SRS warning light comes on after 3 seconds. (4) Within 2 to 4 seconds of the SRS warning light coming on, connect terminals 13 (TC) and 4 (CG) of the DLC3. (5) The SRS warning light goes off within 2 to 4 seconds of connecting terminals 13 (TC) and 4 (CG) of the DLC3. Then, disconnect terminal 13 (TC) within 2 to 4 seconds of the SRS warning light going off. (6) The SRS warning light comes on again within 2 to 4 seconds of disconnecting terminal 13 (TC). Then, reconnect terminals 13 (TC) and 4 (CG) within 2 to 4 seconds of the SRS warning light coming on. (7) Check that the SRS warning light goes off within 2 to 4 seconds of connecting terminals 13 (TC) and 4 (CG) of the DLC3. Also check that the normal system code is output within 1 second of the SRS warning light going off. If DTCs are not cleared, repeat these procedure until the DTCs are cleared. ON (IG) Power Switch OFF Open DLC3 (TC and CG) Short SRS Warning Light* T1: Preparation time 0.5 0.5 0.25 0.25 ON OFF 1.5 T2: Approximately 6 seconds T3: 3 to 5 seconds T4: 3 to 10 seconds T1 T2 T3 T4 T5 T6 T5 T6 T5 T6 T5 T7 T5: 2 to 4 seconds (seconds) T6: 1 to 5 seconds T7: Within 1 second C *: The past DTC in the illustration shows DTC 21 as an example. C109537E12 RS RS–42 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM – AIRBAG SYSTEM 3. Intelligent Tester RS 4. DLC3 CAN VIM B126098E01 CHECK DTC (USING INTELLIGENT TESTER) (a) Connect the intelligent tester (with CAN VIM) to the DLC3. (b) Turn the power switch ON (IG). (c) Check the DTCs by following the prompts on the tester screen. HINT: Refer to the intelligent tester operator's manual for further details. CLEAR DTC (USING INTELLIGENT TESTER) (a) Connect the intelligent tester (with CAN VIM) to the DLC3. (b) Turn the power switch ON (IG). (c) Clear the DTCs by following the prompts on the tester screen. HINT: Refer to the intelligent tester operator's manual for further details. CHECK MODE PROCEDURE Intelligent Tester 1. DLC3 CAN VIM B126098E01 CHECK MODE (SIGNAL CHECK): DTC CHECK (a) Connect the intelligent tester (with CAN VIM) to the DLC3. (b) Turn the power switch ON (IG). (c) Select the SIGNAL CHECK, and proceed to check with the intelligent tester. NOTICE: Select the SIGNAL CHECK from the DTC CHECK screen displayed on the intelligent tester to clear the output DTCs (both present and past). HINT: • DTCs can be detected more sensitively in check mode than in normal diagnosis mode. • Perform the check mode inspection when a malfunction in each squib circuit is suspected even after the normal system code is output through the normal diagnosis mode inspection. SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM – AIRBAG SYSTEM RS–43 DATA LIST / ACTIVE TEST 1. READ DATA LIST HINT: Using the intelligent tester's DATA LIST allows switch, sensor, actuator and other item values to be read without removing any parts. Reading the DATA LIST early in troubleshooting is one way to save time. (a) Connect the intelligent tester (with CAN VIM) to the DLC3. (b) Turn the power switch ON (IG). (c) Read the DATA LIST according to the display on the tester. Center airbag sensor: Item Measure Item/ Range (Display) Normal Condition Diagnostic Note D SEAT POSITION Seat position (Driver side)/ FORWARD: Seat position forward BKWARD: Seat position backward FAIL: Failure detected FORWARD/BKWARD - PASSENGER CLASS Front passenger classification/ NG: Data is not determined OFF: Vacant CHILD: Child (Less than 36 kg [79.37 lb]) seated AF05: Adult (36 to 54 kg [79.37 to 119.05 lb]) seated AM50: Adult (More than 54 kg [119.05 lb]) seated FAIL: Failure detected NG/OFF/CHILD/AF05/AM50/ FAIL - D BUCKLE SW Buckle switch (Driver side)/ UNSET: Seat belt not fastened SET: Seat belt fastened NG: Data not determined UNSET/SET - P BUCKLE SW Buckle switch (Front passenger side)/ UNSET: Seat belt not fastened SET: Seat belt fastened NG: Data not determined UNSET/SET - DISPLAY TYPE Display type identification information/ LR: Display indicated by LH/RH DP: Display indicated by Driver/ Passenger DP - PAST CODES Number of past DTCs/ Min.: 0, Max.: 255 0 - RS RS–44 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM – AIRBAG SYSTEM DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE CHART If a DTC is displayed during the DTC check, check the circuit listed for the DTC in the table below. HINT: • When the SRS warning light remains on and the normal system code is output, a decrease in the source voltage is likely to occur. This malfunction is not stored in the memory of the center airbag sensor. If the power source voltage returns to normal, the SRS warning light will automatically go off. • When 2 or more DTCs are indicated, the DTC with the lowest number appears first. • If a DTC is not listed on the DTC chart, the center airbag sensor may have malfunction. • In the case of any malfunctions concerning open circuits, shorts to ground, or shorts to B+ due to squibs, other DTCs may not be set. In this case, repair the malfunction currently indicated and then perform malfunction diagnosis again. • Mark in the check mode column: -: DTC does not correspond to check mode. {: DTC corresponds to check mode. • When DTC B1650/32 is set as a result of troubleshooting the Supplemental Restraint System (SRS), perform troubleshooting for the occupant classification system. RS Airbag system: DTC No. Detection Item Check Mode SRS Warning Light See page B1000/31 Center Airbag Sensor Assembly Malfunction - ON RS-46 B1610/13 Front Airbag Sensor RH Circuit Malfunction - ON RS-47 B1615/14 Front Airbag Sensor LH Circuit Malfunction - ON RS-56 B1620/21 Driver Side - Side Airbag Sensor Circuit Malfunction - ON RS-65 B1625/22 Front Passenger Side Side Airbag Sensor Circuit Malfunction - ON RS-70 B1630/23 Driver Side Rear Airbag Sensor Circuit Malfunction - ON RS-75 B1635/24 Front Passenger Side Rear Airbag Sensor Circuit Malfunction - ON RS-80 B1650/32 Occupant Classification System Malfunction - ON RS-85 B1653/35 Seat Position Airbag Sensor Circuit Malfunction - ON RS-91 B1655/37 Driver Side Seat Belt Buckle Switch Circuit Malfunction - ON RS-97 B1660/43 Passenger Airbag ON / OFF Indicator Circuit Malfunction - ON RS-103 B1800/51 Short in Driver Side Squib Circuit { ON RS-112 B1801/51 Open in Driver Side Squib Circuit { ON RS-112 RS–45 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM – AIRBAG SYSTEM DTC No. Detection Item Check Mode SRS Warning Light See page B1802/51 Short to GND in Driver Side Squib Circuit { ON RS-112 B1803/51 Short to B+ in Driver Side Squib Circuit { ON RS-112 B1805/52 Short in Front Passenger Side Squib Circuit { ON RS-117 B1806/52 Open in Front Passenger Side Squib Circuit { ON RS-117 B1807/52 Short to GND in Front Passenger Side Squib Circuit { ON RS-117 B1808/52 Short to B+ in Front Passenger Side Squib Circuit { ON RS-117 B1810/53 Short in Driver Side Squib 2nd Step Circuit { ON RS-122 B1811/53 Open in Driver Side Squib 2nd Step Circuit { ON RS-122 B1812/53 Short to GND in Driver Side Squib 2nd Step Circuit { ON RS-122 B1813/53 Short to B+ in Driver Side Squib 2nd Step Circuit { ON RS-122 B1815/54 Short in Front Passenger Side Squib 2nd Step Circuit { ON RS-127 B1816/54 Open in Front Passenger Side Squib 2nd Step Circuit { ON RS-127 B1817/54 Short to GND in Front Passenger Side Squib 2nd Step Circuit { ON RS-127 B1818/54 Short to B+ in Front Passenger Side Squib 2nd Step Circuit { ON RS-127 B1820/55 Short in Driver Side - Side Squib Circuit { ON RS-132 B1821/55 Open in Driver Side - Side Squib Circuit { ON RS-132 B1822/55 Short to GND in Driver Side - Side Squib Circuit { ON RS-132 B1823/55 Short to B+ in Driver Side Side Squib Circuit { ON RS-132 B1825/56 Short in Front Passenger Side - Side Squib Circuit { ON RS-137 B1826/56 Open in Front Passenger Side - Side Squib Circuit { ON RS-137 B1827/56 Short to GND in Front Passenger Side - Side Squib Circuit { ON RS-137 B1828/56 Short to B+ in Front Passenger Side - Side Squib Circuit { ON RS-137 B1830/57 Short in Driver Side Curtain Shield Squib Circuit { ON RS-142 B1831/57 Open in Driver Side Curtain Shield Squib Circuit { ON RS-142 RS RS–46 RS SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM – AIRBAG SYSTEM DTC No. Detection Item Check Mode SRS Warning Light See page B1832/57 Short to GND in Driver Side Curtain Shield Squib Circuit { ON RS-142 B1833/57 Short to B+ in Driver Side Curtain Shield Squib Circuit { ON RS-142 B1835/58 Short in Front Passenger Side Curtain Shield Squib Circuit { ON RS-146 B1836/58 Open in Front Passenger Side Curtain Shield Squib Circuit { ON RS-146 B1837/58 Short to GND in Front Passenger Side Curtain Shield Squib Circuit { ON RS-146 B1838/58 Short to B+ in Front Passenger Side Curtain Shield Squib Circuit { ON RS-146 B1900/73 Short in Driver Side Front Pretensioner Squib Circuit { ON RS-150 B1901/73 Open in Driver Side Front Pretensioner Squib Circuit { ON RS-150 B1902/73 Short to GND in Driver Side Front Pretensioner Squib Circuit { ON RS-150 B1903/73 Short to B+ in Driver Side Front Pretensioner Squib Circuit { ON RS-150 B1905/74 Short in Front Passenger Side Front Pretensioner Squib Circuit { ON RS-154 B1906/74 Open in Front Passenger Side Front Pretensioner Squib Circuit { ON RS-154 B1907/74 Short to GND in Front Passenger Side Front Pretensioner Squib Circuit { ON RS-154 B1908/74 Short to B+ in Front Passenger Side Front Pretensioner Squib Circuit { ON RS-154 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM – AIRBAG SYSTEM DTC RS–47 B1000/31 Center Airbag Sensor Assembly Malfunction DESCRIPTION The center airbag sensor consists of the airbag sensor, the safing sensor, the drive circuit, the diagnosis circuit and the power control. When the center airbag sensor receives signals from the airbag sensor, it determines whether or not the SRS should be activated. DTC B1000/31 is set when a malfunction is detected in the center airbag sensor. DTC No. DTC Detection Condition Trouble Area B1000/31 Center airbag sensor malfunction Center airbag sensor HINT: When any other DTCs are set simultaneously with B1000/31, repair the malfunctions indicated by those DTCs first. INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1 CHECK CENTER AIRBAG SENSOR ASSEMBLY DLC3 CG DTC 31 TC H041086E03 (a) Turn the power switch OFF. (b) Disconnect the cable from the negative (-) battery terminal, and wait for at least 90 seconds. (c) Connect the cable to the negative (-) battery terminal, and wait for at least 2 seconds. (d) Turn the power switch ON (IG), and wait for at least 60 seconds. (e) Clear the DTCs (see page RS-38). (f) Turn the power switch OFF. (g) Turn the power switch ON (IG), and wait for at least 60 seconds. (h) Check for DTCs (see page RS-38). OK: DTC B1000/31 is not output. NG OK USE SIMULATION METHOD TO CHECK REPLACE CENTER AIRBAG SENSOR ASSEMBLY RS RS–48 DTC SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM – AIRBAG SYSTEM B1610/13 Front Airbag Sensor RH Circuit Malfunction DESCRIPTION RS The front airbag sensor RH consists of the diagnostic circuit and the front deceleration sensor. If the center airbag sensor receives signals from the frontal deceleration sensor, it determines whether or not the SRS should be activated. DTC B1610/13 is recorded when a malfunction is detected in the front airbag sensor RH circuit. DTC No. DTC Detection Condition Trouble Area B1610/13 When one of following conditions is met: • Center airbag sensor receives a line short signal, an open signal, a short to ground signal or a short to B+ signal from the front airbag sensor RH sensor for 2 seconds. • Front airbag sensor RH malfunction • Center airbag sensor malfunction • • • • Instrument panel wire Engine room main wire Front airbag sensor RH Center airbag sensor WIRING DIAGRAM Center Airbag Sensor Front Airbag Sensor RH SR+ SR+ SR- SR- C123527E01 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM – AIRBAG SYSTEM RS–49 INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1 CHECK FOR DTC Front Airbag Sensor RH DLC3 Center Airbag Sensor DTC 13 (a) Turn the power switch ON (IG), and wait for at least 60 seconds. (b) Clear the DTCs (see page RS-38). (c) Turn the power switch OFF. (d) Turn the power switch ON (IG), and wait for at least 60 seconds. (e) Check the DTCs (see page RS-38). OK: DTC B1610/13 is not output. HINT: DTCs other than DTC B1610/13 may be output at this time, but they are not related to this check. OK CG C USE SIMULATION METHOD TO CHECK TC C130774E02 NG 2 CHECK CONNECTION OF CONNECTOR (a) Turn the power switch OFF. (b) Disconnect the cable from the negative (-) battery terminal, and wait for at least 90 seconds. (c) Check that the connectors are properly connected to the center airbag sensor and the front airbag sensor RH. OK: The connectors are properly connected. NG OK CONNECT CONNECTOR RS RS–50 3 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM – AIRBAG SYSTEM CHECK FRONT AIRBAG SENSOR RH CIRCUIT (OPEN) RS E DC B F A Front Airbag Sensor RH Center Airbag Sensor Connector E Connector B Tester Connection Specified Condition F2-2 (+SR) - F2-1 (-SR) Below 1 Ω NG A18 F2 (a) Disconnect the connectors from the center airbag sensor and the front airbag sensor RH. (b) Using a service wire, connect terminals A18-29 (+SR) and A18-27 (-SR) of connector B. NOTICE: Do not forcibly insert a service wire into the terminals of the connector. (c) Measure the resistance of the wire harness side connector. Standard resistance Go to step 8 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 -SR +SR +SR -SR Service Wire C C130775E02 OK 4 CHECK FRONT AIRBAG SENSOR RH CIRCUIT (SHORT) (a) Disconnect the service wire from connector B. (b) Measure the resistance of the wire harness side connector. Standard resistance E DC B F A Front Airbag Sensor RH Center Airbag Sensor F2 +SR C C130776E04 OK Specified Condition F2-2 (+SR) - F2-1 (-SR) 1 MΩ or higher NG Connector E -SR Tester Connection Go to step 9 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM – AIRBAG SYSTEM 5 CHECK FRONT AIRBAG SENSOR RH CIRCUIT (TO B+) E DC (a) Connect the cable to the negative (-) battery terminal, and wait for at least 2 seconds. (b) Turn the power switch ON (IG). (c) Measure the voltage of the wire harness side connector. Standard voltage B F A Front Airbag Sensor RH Center Airbag Sensor Tester Connection Specified Condition F2-2 (+SR) - Body ground Below 1 V F2-1 (-SR) - Body ground Below 1 V NG Go to step 10 Connector E F2 -SR +SR C C130776E05 OK 6 CHECK FRONT AIRBAG SENSOR RH CIRCUIT (TO GROUND) E DC (a) Turn the power switch OFF. (b) Disconnect the cable from the negative (-) battery terminal, and wait for at least 90 seconds. (c) Measure the resistance of the wire harness side connector. Standard resistance B F A Front Airbag Sensor RH Center Airbag Sensor Tester Connection Specified Condition F2-2 (+SR) - Body ground 1 MΩ or higher F2-1 (-SR) - Body ground 1 MΩ or higher NG Connector E F2 -SR C +SR C130776E01 OK RS–51 Go to step 11 RS RS–52 7 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM – AIRBAG SYSTEM CHECK FRONT AIRBAG SENSOR RH RS Front Airbag Sensor LH Center Airbag Sensor DTC 13 DLC3 DTC 14 CG C (a) Connect the connectors to the center airbag sensor. (b) Interchange the front airbag sensor RH with the front airbag sensor LH and connect the connectors to them. (c) Connect the cable to the negative (-) battery terminal, and wait for at least 2 seconds. (d) Turn the power switch ON (IG), and wait for at least 60 seconds. (e) Clear the DTCs (see page RS-38). (f) Turn the power switch OFF. (g) Turn the power switch ON (IG), and wait for at least 60 seconds. (h) Check the DTCs (see page RS-38). Result Result Proceed to DTC B1610/13 and B1615/14 are not output. A DTC B1610/13 is output. B DTC B1615/14 is output. C TC HINT: DTCs other than DTC B1610/13 and B1615/14 may be output at this time, but they are not related to this check. C130777E01 A USE SIMULATION METHOD TO CHECK B REPLACE CENTER AIRBAG SENSOR ASSEMBLY C REPLACE FRONT AIRBAG SENSOR RH SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM – AIRBAG SYSTEM 8 RS–53 CHECK ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE (OPEN) Instrument Panel Wire E DC B A F Front Airbag Engine Sensor RH Room Main Wire Center Airbag Sensor Connector D (a) Disconnect the service wire from connector B. (b) Disconnect the instrument panel wire connector from the engine room main wire. NOTICE: Do not forcibly insert a service wire into the terminals of the connector when connecting. (c) Using a service wire, connect terminals F2-2 (+SR) and F2-1 (-SR) of connector E. (d) Measure the resistance of the wire harness side connector. Standard resistance Tester Connection Specified Condition IJ2-1 (+SR) - IJ2-2 (-SR) Below 1 Ω Connector E F2 NG IJ2 -SR -SR +SR +SR Service Wire C123572E01 OK REPAIR OR REPLACE INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE REPAIR OR REPLACE ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE RS RS–54 9 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM – AIRBAG SYSTEM CHECK ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE (SHORT) (a) Disconnect the engine room main wire connector from the instrument panel wire. (b) Measure the resistance of the wire harness side connector. Standard resistance Instrument Panel Wire RS E D C B F A Front Airbag Engine Sensor RH Room Main Wire Center Airbag Sensor Tester Connection Specified Condition IJ2-1 (+SR) - IJ2-2 (-SR) 1 MΩ or higher NG Connector D IJ2 -SR +SR C130778E01 OK REPAIR OR REPLACE INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE REPAIR OR REPLACE ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM – AIRBAG SYSTEM 10 RS–55 CHECK ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE (TO B+) Instrument Panel Wire E D C B F A Front Airbag Engine Sensor RH Room Main Wire Center Airbag Sensor Connector D (a) Turn the power switch OFF. (b) Disconnect the cable from the negative (-) battery terminal, and wait for at least 90 seconds. (c) Disconnect the engine room main wire connector from the instrument panel wire. (d) Connect the cable to the negative (-) battery terminal, and wait for at least 2 seconds. (e) Turn the power switch ON (IG). (f) Measure the voltage of the wire harness side connector. Standard voltage Tester connection Specified condition IJ2-1 (+SR) - Body ground Below 1 V IJ2-2 (-SR) - Body ground Below 1 V IJ2 NG -SR +SR C130778E01 OK REPAIR OR REPLACE INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE REPAIR OR REPLACE ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE RS RS–56 11 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM – AIRBAG SYSTEM CHECK ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE (TO GROUND) (a) Disconnect the engine room main wire connector from the instrument panel wire. (b) Measure the resistance of the wire harness side connector. Standard resistance Instrument Panel Wire RS E D C B F A Front Airbag Engine Sensor RH Room Main Wire Center Airbag Sensor Tester connection Specified condition IJ2-1 (+SR) - Body ground 1 MΩ or higher IJ2-2 (-SR) - Body ground 1 MΩ or higher NG Connector D IJ2 -SR +SR C130778E01 OK REPAIR OR REPLACE INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE REPAIR OR REPLACE ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM – AIRBAG SYSTEM DTC RS–57 B1615/14 Front Airbag Sensor LH Circuit Malfunction DESCRIPTION The front airbag sensor LH consists of the diagnostic circuit and the front deceleration sensor. If the center airbag sensor receives signals from the frontal deceleration sensor, it determines whether or not the SRS should be activated. DTC B1615/14 is recorded when a malfunction is detected in the front airbag sensor LH circuit. DTC No. DTC Detection Condition Trouble Area B1615/14 When one of following conditions is met: • The center airbag sensor receives a line short signal, an open signal, a short to ground signal or a short to B+ signal from the front airbag sensor LH sensor for 2 seconds. • Front airbag sensor LH malfunction • Center airbag sensor malfunction • • • • Instrument panel wire Engine room main wire Front airbag sensor LH Center airbag sensor WIRING DIAGRAM Front Airbag Sensor LH Center Airbag Sensor SL+ SL+ SL- SL- C123527E02 RS RS–58 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM – AIRBAG SYSTEM INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1 CHECK FOR DTC RS Front Airbag Sensor LH DLC3 Center Airbag Sensor DTC 14 (a) Turn the power switch ON (IG), and wait for at least 60 seconds. (b) Clear the DTCs (see page RS-38). (c) Turn the power switch OFF. (d) Turn the power switch ON (IG), and wait for at least 60 seconds. (e) Check for DTCs (see page RS-38). OK: DTC B1615/14 is not output. HINT: DTCs other than DTC B1615/14 may be output at this time, but they are not related to this check. OK CG C USE SIMULATION METHOD TO CHECK TC C130779E01 NG 2 CHECK CONNECTION OF CONNECTOR (a) Turn the power switch OFF. (b) Disconnect the cable from the negative (-) battery terminal, and wait for at least 90 seconds. (c) Check that the connectors are properly connected to the center airbag sensor and the front airbag sensor LH. OK: The connectors are properly connected. NG OK CONNECT CONNECTOR SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM – AIRBAG SYSTEM 3 RS–59 CHECK FRONT AIRBAG SENSOR LH CIRCUIT (OPEN) E DC B A F Front Airbag Sensor LH Center Airbag Sensor Connector E (a) Disconnect the connectors from the airbag sensor center and the front airbag sensor LH. (b) Using a service wire, connect A18-30 (+SL) and A18-28 (-SL) of connector B. NOTICE: Do not forcibly insert a service wire into the terminals of the connector. (c) Measure the resistance of the wire harness side connector. Standard resistance Tester Connection Specified Condition F1-2 (+SL) - F1-1 (-SL) Below 1 Ω Connector B A18 F1 NG Go to step 8 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 +SL 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 +SL -SL -SL Service Wire C C130780E01 OK 4 CHECK FRONT AIRBAG SENSOR LH CIRCUIT (SHORT) E DC (a) Disconnect the service wire from connector B. (b) Measure the resistance of the wire harness side connector. Standard resistance B F A Front Airbag Sensor LH Center Airbag Sensor Connector E F1 -SL C +SL C130776E02 OK Tester Connection Specified Condition F1-2 (+SL) - F1-1 (-SL) 1 MΩ or higher NG Go to step 9 RS RS–60 5 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM – AIRBAG SYSTEM CHECK FRONT AIRBAG SENSOR LH CIRCUIT (TO B+) RS E DC (a) Connect the cable to the negative (-) battery terminal, and wait for at least 2 seconds. (b) Turn the power switch ON (IG). (c) Measure the voltage of the wire harness side connector. Standard voltage B F A Front Airbag Sensor LH Center Airbag Sensor Tester Connection Specified Condition F1-2 (+SL) - Body ground Below 1 V F1-1 (-SL) - Body ground Below 1 V NG Go to step 10 Connector E F1 -SL +SL C C130776E02 OK 6 CHECK FRONT AIRBAG SENSOR LH CIRCUIT (TO GROUND) E DC (a) Turn the power switch OFF. (b) Disconnect the cable from the negative (-) battery terminal, and wait for at least 90 seconds. (c) Measure the resistance of the wire harness side connector. Standard resistance B F A Front Airbag Sensor LH Center Airbag Sensor Tester Connection Specified Condition F1-2 (+SL) - Body ground 1 MΩ or higher F1-1 (-SL) - Body ground 1 MΩ or higher NG Connector E F1 -SL C +SL C130776E02 OK Go to step 11 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM – AIRBAG SYSTEM 7 RS–61 CHECK FRONT AIRBAG SENSOR LH Front Airbag Sensor RH Center Airbag Sensor DTC 13 DLC3 DTC 14 CG C (a) Connect the connectors to the center airbag sensor. (b) Interchange the front airbag sensor LH with the front airbag sensor RH and connect the connectors to them. (c) Connect the cable to the negative (-) battery terminal, and wait for at least 2 seconds. (d) Turn the power switch ON (IG), and wait for at least 60 seconds. (e) Clear the DTCs (see page RS-38). (f) Turn the power switch OFF. (g) Turn the power switch ON (IG), and wait for at least 60 seconds. (h) Check for DTCs (see page RS-38). Result Result Proceed to DTC B1610/13 and B1615/14 are not output. A DTC B1615/14 is output. B DTC B1610/13 is output. C TC HINT: DTCs other than DTC B1610/13 and B1615/14 may be output at this time, but they are not related to this check. C130777E02 A USE SIMULATION METHOD TO CHECK B REPLACE CENTER AIRBAG SENSOR ASSEMBLY C REPLACE FRONT AIRBAG SENSOR LH RS RS–62 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM – AIRBAG SYSTEM 8 CHECK ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE (OPEN) Instrument Panel Wire RS E D C B A F Front Airbag Engine Sensor LH Room Main Wire Center Airbag Sensor Connector D Connector E IJ2 +SL -SL Tester Connection Specified Condition IJ2-3 (+SL) - IJ2-4(-SL) Below 1 Ω NG F1 -SL (a) Disconnect the service wire from connector B. (b) Disconnect the instrument panel wire connector from the engine room main wire. (c) Using a service wire, connect terminals F1-2 (+SL) and F1-1 (-SL) of connector E. NOTICE: Do not forcibly insert a service wire into the terminals of the connector. (d) Measure the resistance of the wire harness side connector. Standard resistance +SL C130781E01 OK REPAIR OR REPLACE INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE REPAIR OR REPLACE ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM – AIRBAG SYSTEM 9 RS–63 CHECK ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE (SHORT) (a) Disconnect the engine room main wire connector from the instrument panel wire. (b) Measure the resistance of the wire harness side connector. Standard resistance Instrument Panel Wire E D C B A F Front Airbag Engine Sensor LH Room Main Wire Center Airbag Sensor Tester Connection Specified Condition IJ2-3 (+SL) - IJ2-4 (-SL) 1 MΩ or higher NG Connector D IJ2 -SL +SL C130782E01 OK REPAIR OR REPLACE INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE REPAIR OR REPLACE ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE RS RS–64 10 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM – AIRBAG SYSTEM CHECK ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE (TO B+) Instrument Panel Wire RS E D C B A F Front Airbag Engine Sensor LH Room Main Wire Center Airbag Sensor Connector D (a) Turn the power switch OFF. (b) Disconnect the cable from the negative (-) battery terminal, and wait for at least 90 seconds. (c) Disconnect the engine room main wire connector from the instrument panel wire. (d) Connect the cable to the negative (-) battery terminal, and wait for at least 2 seconds. (e) Turn the power switch ON (IG). (f) Measure the voltage of the wire harness side connector. Standard voltage Tester Connection Specified Condition IJ2-3 (+SL) - Body ground Below 1 V IJ2-4 (-SL) - Body ground Below 1 V IJ2 NG -SL +SL C130782E01 OK REPAIR OR REPLACE INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE REPAIR OR REPLACE ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM – AIRBAG SYSTEM 11 RS–65 CHECK ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE (TO GROUND) (a) Disconnect the engine room main wire connector from the instrument panel wire. (b) Measure the resistance of the wire harness side connector. Standard resistance Instrument Panel Wire E D C B A F Front Airbag Engine Sensor LH Room Main Wire Center Airbag Sensor Tester Connection Specified Condition IJ2-3 (+SL) - Body ground 1 MΩ or higher IJ2-4 (-SL) - Body ground 1 MΩ or higher NG Connector D IJ2 -SL +SL C130782E01 OK REPAIR OR REPLACE INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE REPAIR OR REPLACE ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE RS RS–66 DTC SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM – AIRBAG SYSTEM B1620/21 Driver Side - Side Airbag Sensor Circuit Malfunction DESCRIPTION The side airbag sensor LH consists of the safing sensor, the diagnostic circuit and the lateral deceleration RS sensor. The center airbag sensor receives signals from the lateral deceleration sensor and determines whether or not the SRS should be activated. DTC B1620/21 is recorded when a malfunction is detected in the side airbag sensor LH circuit. DTC No. DTC Detection Condition Trouble Area B1620/21 When one of following conditions is met: • Center airbag sensor receives line short signal, open signal, short to ground or B+ short signal from side airbag sensor LH sensor for 2 seconds • Side airbag sensor LH malfunction • Center airbag sensor malfunction • • • Floor wire Center airbag sensor Side airbag sensor LH WIRING DIAGRAM Side Airbag Sensor LH Center Airbag Sensor VUPL VUPD ESL ESD C123527E06 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM – AIRBAG SYSTEM RS–67 INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1 CHECK FOR DTC Side Airbag Sensor LH DLC3 CG (a) Turn the power switch ON (IG), and wait for at least 60 seconds. (b) Clear the DTCs (see page RS-38). (c) Turn the power switch OFF. (d) Turn the power switch ON (IG), and wait for at least 60 seconds. (e) Check for DTCs (see page RS-38). OK: DTC B1620/21 is not output. HINT: DTCs other than DTC B1620/21 may be output at this time, but they are not related to this check. Center Airbag Sensor OK DTC 21 USE SIMULATION METHOD TO CHECK TC C130783E01 NG 2 CHECK CONNECTION OF CONNECTOR (a) Turn the power switch OFF. (b) Disconnect the cable from the negative (-) battery terminal, and wait for at least 90 seconds. (c) Check that the connectors are properly connected to the center airbag sensor and side airbag sensor LH. OK: Connectors are connected. NG OK CONNECT CONNECTOR RS RS–68 3 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM – AIRBAG SYSTEM CHECK FLOOR WIRE (OPEN) C RS B A D Side Airbag Sensor LH Center Airbag Sensor Floor Wire Connector C Connector B S18 (a) Disconnect the connectors from the center airbag sensor and side airbag sensor LH. (b) Using a service wire, connect terminals S18-2 (VUPL) and S18-1 (ESL) of connector C. NOTICE: Do not forcibly insert a service wire into the terminals of the connector. (c) Measure the resistance of the wire harness side connector. Standard resistance Tester Connection Specified Condition A17-19 (VUPD) - A17-21 (ESD) Below 1 Ω A17 NG ESL REPAIR OR REPLACE FLOOR WIRE VUPL VUPD ESD C130784E01 OK 4 CHECK FLOOR WIRE (SHORT) C (a) Disconnect the service wire from connector C. (b) Measure the resistance of the wire harness side connector. Standard resistance B A D Side Airbag Sensor LH Center Airbag Sensor Floor Wire Connector B A17 ESD VUPD C123576E02 OK Tester Connection Specified Condition A17-19 (VUPD) - A17-21 (ESD) 1 MΩ or higher NG REPAIR OR REPLACE FLOOR WIRE SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM – AIRBAG SYSTEM 5 RS–69 CHECK FLOOR WIRE (TO B+) C (a) Connect the cable to the negative (-) battery terminal, and wait for at least 2 seconds. (b) Turn the power switch ON (IG). (c) Measure the voltage of the wire harness side connector. Standard voltage B A D Side Airbag Sensor LH Tester Connection Center Airbag Sensor Floor Wire Specified Condition A17-19 (VUPD) - Body ground Below 1 V A17-21 (ESD) - Body ground Below 1 V NG REPAIR OR REPLACE FLOOR WIRE Connector B A17 ESD VUPD C123576E02 OK 6 CHECK FLOOR WIRE (TO GROUND) C (a) Turn the power switch OFF. (b) Disconnect the cable from the negative (-) battery terminal, and wait for at least 90 seconds. (c) Measure the resistance of the wire harness side connector. Standard resistance B A D Side Airbag Sensor LH Center Airbag Sensor Floor Wire A17 VUPD C123576E02 OK Specified Condition A17-19 (VUPD) - Body ground 1 MΩ or higher A17-21 (ESD) - Body ground 1 MΩ or higher NG Connector B ESD Tester Connection REPAIR OR REPLACE FLOOR WIRE RS RS–70 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM – AIRBAG SYSTEM 7 CHECK SIDE AIRBAG SENSOR LH (a) Connect the connector to the center airbag sensor. (b) Interchange the side airbag sensor LH with the side airbag sensor RH and connect the connectors to them. (c) Connect the cable to the negative (-) battery terminal, and wait for at least 2 seconds. (d) Turn the power switch ON (IG), and wait for at least 60 seconds. (e) Clear the DTCs (see page RS-38). (f) Turn the power switch OFF. (g) Turn the power switch ON (IG), and wait for at least 60 seconds. (h) Check for DTCs (see page RS-38). Result RS Side Airbag Sensor RH Center Airbag Sensor DTC 21 DLC3 DTC 22 CG TC Result Proceed to DTC B1620/21 and B1625/22 are not output A DTC B1620/21 is output B DTC B1625/22 is output C HINT: DTCs other than DTC B1620/21 and B1625/22 may be output at this time, but they are not related to this check. C123577E02 A USE SIMULATION METHOD TO CHECK B REPLACE CENTER AIRBAG SENSOR ASSEMBLY C REPLACE SIDE AIRBAG SENSOR LH SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM – AIRBAG SYSTEM DTC B1625/22 RS–71 Front Passenger Side - Side Airbag Sensor Circuit Malfunction DESCRIPTION The side airbag sensor RH consists of the safing sensor, the diagnostic circuit and the lateral deceleration sensor. The center airbag sensor receives signals from the lateral deceleration sensor and determines whether or not the SRS should be activated. DTC B1625/22 is recorded when a malfunction is detected in the side airbag sensor RH circuit. DTC No. DTC Detection Condition Trouble Area B1625/22 When one of following conditions is met: • Center airbag sensor receives line short signal, open signal, short to ground or B+ short signal from side airbag sensor RH sensor for 2 seconds • Side airbag sensor RH malfunction • Center airbag sensor malfunction • • • No. 2 floor wire Center airbag sensor Side airbag sensor RH WIRING DIAGRAM Side Airbag Sensor RH Center Airbag Sensor VUPR VUPP ESR ESP C123527E07 RS RS–72 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM – AIRBAG SYSTEM INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1 CHECK FOR DTC (a) Turn the power switch ON (IG), and wait for at least 60 seconds. (b) Clear the DTCs (see page RS-38). (c) Turn the power switch OFF. (d) Turn the power switch ON (IG), and wait for at least 60 seconds. (e) Check for DTCs (see page RS-38). OK: DTC B1622/25 is not output. HINT: DTCs other than DTC B1622/25 may be output at this time, but they are not related to this check. RS Side Airbag Sensor RH Center Airbag Sensor OK DLC3 USE SIMULATION METHOD TO CHECK DTC 22 CG TC C130785E01 NG 2 CHECK CONNECTION OF CONNECTOR (a) Turn the power switch OFF. (b) Disconnect the cable from the negative (-) battery terminal, and wait for at least 90 seconds. (c) Check that the connectors are properly connected to the center airbag sensor and side airbag sensor RH. OK: Connectors are connected. NG OK CONNECT CONNECTOR SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM – AIRBAG SYSTEM 3 RS–73 CHECK NO. 2 FLOOR WIRE (OPEN) C B A D Center Airbag Sensor Side Airbag Sensor RH No. 2 Floor Wire Connector C Connector B S19 A19 ESR VUPR (a) Disconnect the connectors from the center airbag sensor and side airbag sensor RH. (b) Using a service wire, connect terminals S19-2 (VUPR) and S19-1 (ESR) of connector C. NOTICE: Do not forcibly insert a service wire into the terminals of the connector. (c) Measure the resistance of the wire harness side connector. Standard resistance Tester Connection Specified Condition A19-22 (VUPP) - A19-20 (ESP) Below 1 Ω NG REPAIR OR REPLACE NO. 2 FLOOR WIRE ESP VUPP C130786E01 OK 4 CHECK NO. 2 FLOOR WIRE (SHORT) (a) Disconnect the service wire from connector C. (b) Measure the resistance of the wire harness side connector. Standard resistance No. 2 Floor Wire C B A D Side Airbag Sensor RH Center Airbag Sensor Connector B A19 VUPP ESP C123579E02 OK Tester Connection Specified Condition A19-22 (VUPP) - A19-20 (ESP) 1 MΩ or higher NG REPAIR OR REPLACE NO. 2 FLOOR WIRE RS RS–74 5 RS SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM – AIRBAG SYSTEM CHECK NO. 2 FLOOR WIRE (TO B+) (a) Connect the cable to the negative (-) battery terminal, and wait for at least 2 seconds. (b) Turn the power switch ON (IG). (c) Measure the voltage of the wire harness side connector. Standard voltage No. 2 Floor Wire C B A D Center Airbag Sensor Side Airbag Sensor RH Tester Connection Specified Condition A19-22 (VUPP) - Body ground Below 1 V A19-20 (ESP) - Body ground Below 1 V NG REPAIR OR REPLACE NO. 2 FLOOR WIRE Connector B A19 ESP VUPP C123579E02 OK 6 CHECK NO. 2 FLOOR WIRE (TO GROUND) (a) Turn the power switch OFF. (b) Disconnect the cable from the negative (-) battery terminal, and wait for at least 90 seconds. (c) Measure the resistance of the wire harness side connector. Standard resistance No. 2 Floor Wire C B A D Side Airbag Sensor RH Center Airbag Sensor A19 ESP C123579E02 OK Specified Condition A19-22 (VUPP) - Body ground 1 MΩ or higher A19-20 (ESP) - Body ground 1 MΩ or higher NG Connector B VUPP Tester Connection REPAIR OR REPLACE NO. 2 FLOOR WIRE SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM – AIRBAG SYSTEM 7 RS–75 CHECK SIDE AIRBAG SENSOR RH Side Airbag Sensor LH Center Airbag Sensor DTC 21 DLC3 DTC 22 CG TC (a) Connect the connector to the center airbag sensor. (b) Interchange the side airbag sensor RH with the side airbag sensor LH and connect the connectors to them. (c) Connect the cable to the negative (-) battery terminal, and wait for at least 2 seconds. (d) Turn the power switch ON (IG), and wait for at least 60 seconds. (e) Clear the DTCs (see page RS-38). (f) Turn the power switch OFF. (g) Turn the power switch ON (IG), and wait for at least 60 seconds. (h) Check for DTCs (see page RS-38). Result Result Proceed to DTC B1620/21 and B1625/22 are not output A DTC B1625/22 is output B DTC B1620/21 is output C HINT: DTCs other than DTC B1620/21 and B1625/22 may be output at this time, but they are not related to this check. H100847E04 A USE SIMULATION METHOD TO CHECK B REPLACE CENTER AIRBAG SENSOR ASSEMBLY C REPLACE SIDE AIRBAG SENSOR RH RS RS–76 DTC SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM – AIRBAG SYSTEM B1630/23 Driver Side Rear Airbag Sensor Circuit Malfunction DESCRIPTION The rear airbag sensor LH consists of the safing sensor, the diagnostic circuit and the lateral deceleration RS sensor. The center airbag sensor receives signals from the lateral deceleration sensor and determines whether or not the SRS should be activated. DTC B1630/23 is recorded when a malfunction is detected in the rear airbag sensor LH circuit. DTC No. DTC Detection Condition Trouble Area B1630/23 When one of following conditions is met: • Center airbag sensor receives line short signal, open signal, short to ground or B+ short signal from rear airbag sensor LH sensor for 2 seconds • Rear airbag sensor LH malfunction • Center airbag sensor malfunction • • • Floor wire Center airbag sensor Rear airbag sensor LH WIRING DIAGRAM Rear Airbag Sensor LH Center Airbag Sensor VUCL VUCD ESCL ESCD C123527E13 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM – AIRBAG SYSTEM RS–77 INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1 CHECK FOR DTC (a) Turn the power switch ON (IG), and wait for at least 60 seconds. (b) Clear the DTCs (see page RS-38). (c) Turn the power switch OFF. (d) Turn the power switch ON (IG), and wait for at least 60 seconds. (e) Check for DTCs (see page RS-38). OK: DTC B1630/23 is not output. HINT: DTCs other than DTC B1630/23 may be output at this time, but they are not related to this check. Rear Airbag Sensor LH Center Airbag Sensor OK DLC3 CG USE SIMULATION METHOD TO CHECK DTC 23 TC C130787E01 NG 2 CHECK CONNECTION OF CONNECTOR (a) Turn the power switch OFF. (b) Disconnect the cable from the negative (-) battery terminal, and wait for at least 90 seconds. (c) Check that the connectors are properly connected to the center airbag sensor and rear airbag sensor LH. OK: Connectors are connected. NG OK CONNECT CONNECTOR RS RS–78 3 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM – AIRBAG SYSTEM CHECK FLOOR WIRE (OPEN) C RS B A D Rear Airbag Sensor LH Center Airbag Sensor Floor Wire Connector C Connector B C15 (a) Disconnect the connectors from the center airbag sensor and rear airbag sensor LH. (b) Using a service wire, connect terminals C15-2 (VUCL) and C15-1 (ESCL) of connector C. NOTICE: Do not forcibly insert a service wire into the terminals of the connector. (c) Measure the resistance of the wire harness side connector. Standard resistance Tester Connection Specified Condition A17-20 (VUCD) - A17-22 (ESCD) Below 1 Ω A17 NG ESCL REPAIR OR REPLACE FLOOR WIRE VUCL ESCD VUCD C130784E02 OK 4 CHECK FLOOR WIRE (SHORT) C (a) Disconnect the service wire from connector C. (b) Measure the resistance of the wire harness side connector. Standard resistance B A D Rear Airbag Sensor LH Center Airbag Sensor Floor Wire Connector B A17 ESCD VUCD C123576E03 OK Tester Connection Specified Condition A17-20 (VUCD) - A17-22 (ESCD) 1 MΩ or higher NG REPAIR OR REPLACE FLOOR WIRE SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM – AIRBAG SYSTEM 5 RS–79 CHECK FLOOR WIRE (TO B+) C (a) Connect the cable to the negative (-) battery terminal, and wait for at least 2 seconds. (b) Turn the power switch ON (IG). (c) Measure the voltage of the wire harness side connector. Standard voltage B A D Rear Airbag Sensor LH Tester Connection Center Airbag Sensor Floor Wire Specified Condition A17-20 (VUCD) - Body ground Below 1 V A17-22 (ESCD) - Body ground Below 1 V NG REPAIR OR REPLACE FLOOR WIRE Connector B A17 ESCD VUCD C123576E03 OK 6 CHECK FLOOR WIRE (TO GROUND) C (a) Turn the power switch OFF. (b) Disconnect the cable from the negative (-) battery terminal, and wait for at least 90 seconds. (c) Measure the resistance of the wire harness side connector. Standard resistance B A D Rear Airbag Sensor LH Center Airbag Sensor Floor Wire A17 VUCD C123576E03 OK Specified Condition A17-20 (VUCD) - Body ground 1 MΩ or higher A17-22 (ESCD) - Body ground 1 MΩ or higher NG Connector B ESCD Tester Connection REPAIR OR REPLACE FLOOR WIRE RS RS–80 7 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM – AIRBAG SYSTEM CHECK REAR AIRBAG SENSOR LH (a) Connect the connector to the center airbag sensor. (b) Interchange the side airbag sensor LH with the side airbag sensor RH and connect the connectors to them. (c) Connect the cable to the negative (-) battery terminal, and wait for at least 2 seconds. (d) Turn the power switch ON (IG), and wait for at least 60 seconds. (e) Clear the DTCs (see page RS-38). (f) Turn the power switch OFF. (g) Turn the power switch ON (IG), and wait for at least 60 seconds. (h) Check for DTCs (see page RS-38). Result RS Rear Airbag Sensor RH Center Airbag Sensor DTC 23 DLC3 DTC 24 CG TC Result Proceed to DTC B1630/23 and B1635/24 are not output A DTC B1630/23 is output B DTC B1635/24 is output C HINT: DTCs other than DTC B1630/23 and B1635/24 may be output at this time, but they are not related to this check. C130788E01 A USE SIMULATION METHOD TO CHECK B REPLACE CENTER AIRBAG SENSOR ASSEMBLY C REPLACE REAR AIRBAG SENSOR LH SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM – AIRBAG SYSTEM DTC B1635/24 RS–81 Front Passenger Side Rear Airbag Sensor Circuit Malfunction DESCRIPTION The rear airbag sensor RH consists of the safing sensor, the diagnostic circuit and the lateral deceleration sensor. The center airbag sensor receives signals from the lateral deceleration sensor and determines whether or not the SRS should be activated. DTC B1635/24 is recorded when a malfunction is detected in the rear airbag sensor RH circuit. DTC No. DTC Detection Condition Trouble Area B1635/24 When one of following conditions is met: • Center airbag sensor receives line short signal, open signal, short to ground or B+ short signal from side airbag sensor RH sensor for 2 seconds • Rear airbag sensor RH malfunction • Center airbag sensor malfunction • • • No. 2 Floor wire Center airbag sensor sensor Rear airbag sensor RH WIRING DIAGRAM Rear Airbag Sensor RH Center Airbag Sensor VUCR VUCP ESCR ESCP C123527E08 RS RS–82 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM – AIRBAG SYSTEM INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1 CHECK FOR DTC (a) Turn the power switch ON (IG), and wait for at least 60 seconds. (b) Clear the DTCs (see page RS-38). (c) Turn the power switch OFF. (d) Turn the power switch ON (IG), and wait for at least 60 seconds. (e) Check for DTCs (see page RS-38). OK: DTC B1635/24 is not output. HINT: DTCs other than DTC B1635/24 may be output at this time, but they are not related to this check. RS Center Airbag Rear Airbag Sensor Sensor RH OK DLC3 USE SIMULATION METHOD TO CHECK DTC 24 CG TC C130789E01 NG 2 CHECK CONNECTION OF CONNECTOR (a) Turn the power switch OFF. (b) Disconnect the cable from the negative (-) battery terminal, and wait for at least 90 seconds. (c) Check that the connectors are properly connected to the center airbag sensor and rear airbag sensor RH. OK: Connectors are connected. NG OK CONNECT CONNECTOR SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM – AIRBAG SYSTEM 3 RS–83 CHECK NO. 2 FLOOR WIRE (OPEN) C B A D Center Airbag Sensor Rear Airbag Sensor RH No. 2 Floor Wire Connector C Connector B C16 A19 ESCR VUCR (a) Disconnect the connectors from the center airbag sensor and rear airbag sensor RH. (b) Using a service wire, connect terminals C16-2 (VUCR) and C16-1 (ESCR) of connector C. NOTICE: Do not forcibly insert a service wire into the terminals of the connector. (c) Measure the resistance of the wire harness side connector. Standard resistance Tester Connection Specified Condition A19-21 (VUCP) - A19-19 (ESCP) Below 1 Ω NG VUCP REPAIR OR REPLACE NO. 2 FLOOR WIRE ESCP C130786E02 OK 4 CHECK NO. 2 FLOOR WIRE (SHORT) (a) Disconnect the service wire from connector C. (b) Measure the resistance of the wire harness side connector. Standard resistance No. 2 Floor Wire C B A D Rear Airbag Sensor RH Center Airbag Sensor Connector B A19 VUCP ESCP C123579E03 OK Tester Connection Specified Condition A19-21 (VUCP) - A19-19 (ESCP) 1 MΩ or higher NG REPAIR OR REPLACE NO. 2 FLOOR WIRE RS RS–84 5 RS SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM – AIRBAG SYSTEM CHECK NO. 2 FLOOR WIRE (TO B+) (a) Connect the cable to the negative (-) battery terminal, and wait for at least 2 seconds. (b) Turn the power switch ON (IG). (c) Measure the voltage of the wire harness side connector. Standard voltage No. 2 Floor Wire C B Tester Connection A D Center Airbag Sensor Rear Airbag Sensor RH Specified Condition A19-21 (VUCP) - Body ground Below 1 V A19-19 (ESCP) - Body ground Below 1 V NG REPAIR OR REPLACE NO. 2 FLOOR WIRE Connector B A19 ESCP VUCP C123579E03 OK 6 CHECK NO. 2 FLOOR WIRE (TO GROUND) (a) Turn the power switch OFF. (b) Disconnect the cable from the negative (-) battery terminal, and wait for at least 90 seconds. (c) Measure the resistance of the wire harness side connector. Standard resistance No. 2 Floor Wire C B A D Rear Airbag Sensor RH Center Airbag Sensor A19 ESCP C123579E03 OK Specified Condition A19-21 (VUCP) - Body ground 1 MΩ or higher A19-19 (ESCP) - Body ground 1 MΩ or higher NG Connector B VUCP Tester Connection REPAIR OR REPLACE NO. 2 FLOOR WIRE SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM – AIRBAG SYSTEM 7 RS–85 CHECK REAR AIRBAG SENSOR RH Rear Airbag Sensor LH (a) Connect the connector to the center airbag sensor. (b) Interchange the rear airbag sensor RH with the rear airbag sensor LH and connect the connectors to them. (c) Connect the cable to the negative (-) battery terminal, and wait for at least 2 seconds. (d) Turn the power switch ON (IG), and wait for at least 60 seconds. (e) Clear the DTCs (see page RS-38). (f) Turn the power switch OFF. (g) Turn the power switch ON (IG), and wait for at least 60 seconds. (h) Check for DTCs (see page RS-38). Result Center Airbag Sensor DTC 23 DLC3 DTC 24 CG TC Result Proceed to DTC B1630/23 and B1635/24 are not output A DTC B1635/24 is output B DTC B1630/23 is output C HINT: DTCs other than DTC B1630/23 and B1635/24 may be output at this time, but they are not related to this check. C130790E01 A USE SIMULATION METHOD TO CHECK B REPLACE CENTER AIRBAG SENSOR ASSEMBLY C REPLACE REAR AIRBAG SENSOR RH RS RS–86 DTC SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM – AIRBAG SYSTEM B1650/32 Occupant Classification System Malfunction DESCRIPTION RS The occupant classification system circuit consists of the center airbag sensor and the occupant classification system. When the center airbag sensor receives signals from the occupant classification ECU, it determines whether or not the front passenger airbag, front seat side airbag RH and seat belt pretensioner RH should be operated. DTC B1650/32 is set when a malfunction is detected in the occupant classification system circuit. DTC No. DTC Detection Conditions Trouble Areas B1650/32 When one of following conditions is met: • Occupant classification system malfunction • Center airbag sensor detects line short signal, open signal, short to ground signal or short to B+ signal from occupant classification system circuit for 2 seconds • Center airbag sensor malfunction • • • Floor wire Occupant classification system Center airbag sensor WIRING DIAGRAM Occupant Classification ECU Center Airbag Sensor FSR+ FSP+ FSR- FSP- C123527E09 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM – AIRBAG SYSTEM RS–87 INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1 CHECK DTC (CENTER AIRBAG SENSOR ASSEMBLY) Occupant Classification ECU Center Airbag Sensor OK DTC 32 DLC3 CG (a) Turn the power switch ON (IG), and wait for at least 60 seconds. (b) Clear the DTCs (see page RS-38). (c) Turn the power switch OFF. (d) Turn the power switch ON (IG), and wait for at least 60 seconds. (e) Check for DTCs (see page RS-38). OK: DTC B1650/32 is not output. HINT: DTCs other than DTC B1650/32 may be output at this time, but they are not related to this check. USE SIMULATION METHOD TO CHECK TC H100887E06 NG 2 CHECK DTC (OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION ECU) (a) Turn the power switch ON (IG), and wait for at least 10 seconds. (b) Using the intelligent tester (with CAN VIM), check for DTCs of the occupant classification ECU (see page RS182). OK: DTC is not output. NG GO TO DTC CHART OK 3 CHECK CONNECTION OF CONNECTOR (a) Turn the power switch OFF. (b) Disconnect the cable from the negative (-) battery terminal, and wait for at least 90 seconds. (c) Check that the connectors are properly connected to the center airbag sensor and the occupant classification ECU. OK: Connectors are connected. RS RS–88 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM – AIRBAG SYSTEM NG CONNECT CONNECTOR OK RS 4 CHECK FLOOR WIRE (OPEN) Floor Wire C B A D Center Airbag Sensor Occupant Classification ECU (a) Disconnect the connectors from the center airbag sensor and the occupant classification ECU. (b) Using a service wire, connect terminals O4-8 (FSR+) and O4-4 (FSR-) of connector C. NOTICE: Do not forcibly insert a service wire into the terminals of the connector. (c) Measure the resistance of the wire harness side connector. Standard resistance Terminal Connection Specified Condition A19-16 (FSP+) - A19-24 (FSP-) Below 1 Ω Connector B Connector C NG A19 O4 FSR+ FSR- FSP- FSP+ C130791E01 OK REPAIR OR REPLACE FLOOR WIRE SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM – AIRBAG SYSTEM 5 RS–89 CHECK FLOOR WIRE (SHORT) (a) Disconnect the service wire from connector C. (b) Measure the resistance of the wire harness side connector. Standard resistance Floor Wire C B A D Center Airbag Sensor Occupant Classification ECU Terminal Connection Specified Condition A19-16 (FSP+) - A19-24 (FSP-) 1 MΩ or higher NG REPAIR OR REPLACE FLOOR WIRE Connector B A19 FSP- FSP+ C130792E01 OK 6 CHECK FLOOR WIRE (TO B+) (a) Connect the cable to the negative (-) battery terminal, and wait for at least 2 seconds. (b) Turn the power switch ON (IG). (c) Measure the voltage of the wire harness side connector. Standard voltage Floor Wire C B A D Occupant Classification ECU Center Airbag Sensor A19 FSP+ C130792E01 OK Specified Condition A19-16 (FSP+) - Body ground Below 1 V A19-24 (FSP-) - Body ground Below 1 V NG Connector B FSP- Terminal Connection REPAIR OR REPLACE FLOOR WIRE RS RS–90 7 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM – AIRBAG SYSTEM CHECK FLOOR WIRE (TO GROUND) RS (a) Turn the power switch OFF. (b) Disconnect the cable from the negative (-) battery terminal, and wait for at least 90 seconds. (c) Measure the resistance of the wire harness side connector. Standard resistance Floor Wire C B A D Occupant Classification ECU Center Airbag Sensor Terminal Connection Specified Condition A19-16 (FSP+) - Body ground 1 MΩ or higher A19-24 (FSP-) - Body ground 1 MΩ or higher NG REPAIR OR REPLACE FLOOR WIRE Connector B A19 FSP- FSP+ C130792E01 OK 8 CHECK CENTER AIRBAG SENSOR ASSEMBLY Occupant Classification ECU Center Airbag Sensor DTC 32 DLC3 CG TC H100887E07 (a) Turn the power switch OFF. (b) Disconnect the cable from the negative (-) battery terminal, and wait for at least 90 seconds. (c) Replace the center airbag sensor (see page RS-306). HINT: Perform the inspection using parts from a normal vehicle when possible. (d) Connect the connectors to the center airbag sensor. (e) Connect the cable to the negative (-) battery terminal, and wait for at least 2 seconds. (f) Turn the power switch ON (IG), and wait for at least 60 seconds. (g) Clear the DTCs (see page RS-38). (h) Turn the power switch OFF. (i) Turn the power switch ON (IG), and wait for at least 60 seconds. (j) Check for DTCs (see page RS-38). OK: DTC B1650/32 is not output. HINT: DTCs other than DTC B1650/32 may be output at this time, but they are not related to this check. OK USE SIMULATION METHOD TO CHECK SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM – AIRBAG SYSTEM RS–91 NG 9 REPLACE OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION ECU (a) Turn the power switch OFF. (b) Disconnect the cable from the negative (-) battery terminal, and wait for at least 90 seconds. (c) Replace the occupant classification ECU (see page SE4). NEXT 10 PERFORM ZERO POINT CALIBRATION (a) Connect the cable to the negative (-) battery terminal, and wait for at least 2 seconds. (b) Connect the intelligent tester to the DLC3. (c) Turn the power switch ON (IG). (d) Using the intelligent tester, perform the zero point calibration (see page RS-174). OK: COMPLETED is displayed on the tester. NEXT 11 PERFORM SENSITIVITY CHECK (a) Using the intelligent tester, perform the sensitivity check (see page RS-174). Standard value: 27 to 33 kg (59.52 to 72.75 lb) NEXT END RS RS–92 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM – AIRBAG SYSTEM DTC B1653/35 Seat Position Airbag Sensor Circuit Malfunction DESCRIPTION The seat position airbag sensor circuit consists of the center airbag sensor and the seat position airbag RS sensor. DTC B1653/35 is recorded when a malfunction is detected in the seat position airbag sensor circuit. DTC No. DTC Detection Condition Trouble Area B1653/35 When one of following conditions is met: • The center airbag sensor receives a line short signal, an open signal, a short to ground signal or a short to B+ signal from the seat position airbag sensor for 2 seconds. • Seat position airbag sensor malfunction • Center airbag sensor malfunction • • • Floor wire Seat position airbag sensor Center airbag sensor WIRING DIAGRAM Front Seat Inner Belt LH* Center Airbag Sensor Seat Position Sensor DSP+ VS GND DSP- *: A wire harness and connectors that are connected to the seat position sensor are component parts of the seat inner belt LH. C123584E05 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM – AIRBAG SYSTEM RS–93 INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1 CHECK FOR DTC Seat Position Airbag Sensor Center Airbag Sensor DLC3 DTC 35 (a) Turn the power switch ON (IG), and wait for at least 60 seconds. (b) Clear the DTCs (see page RS-38). (c) Turn the power switch OFF. (d) Turn the power switch ON (IG), and wait for at least 60 seconds. (e) Check the DTCs (see page RS-38). OK: DTC B1653/35 is not output. HINT: DTCs other than DTC B1653/35 may be output at this time, but they are not related to this check. OK USE SIMULATION METHOD TO CHECK CG TC C C130794E01 NG 2 CHECK CONNECTION OF CONNECTOR (a) Turn the power switch OFF. (b) Disconnect the cable from the negative (-) battery terminal, and wait for at least 90 seconds. (c) Check that the connectors are properly connected to the center airbag sensor and the seat position airbag sensor. OK: Connectors are connected. NG OK CONNECT CONNECTOR RS RS–94 3 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM – AIRBAG SYSTEM CHECK FLOOR WIRE (OPEN) Floor Wire C RS B D A Seat Position Airbag Sensor Center Airbag Sensor Connector C Connector B DSP+ S17 (a) Disconnect the connectors from the center airbag sensor and the seat position airbag sensor. (b) Using a service wire, connect terminals A17-9 (DSP+) and A17-17 (DSP-) of connector B. NOTICE: Do not forcibly insert a service wire into the terminals of the connector. (c) Measure the resistance of the wire harness side connector. Standard resistance Tester Connection Specified Condition S17-2 (VS) - S17-4 (GND) Below 1 Ω A17 NG 1 2 REPAIR OR REPLACE FLOOR WIRE 3 4 GND VS DSPC C130795E01 OK 4 CHECK FLOOR WIRE (SHORT) (a) Disconnect the service wire from connector B. (b) Measure the resistance of the wire harness side connector. Standard resistance Floor Wire C B A D Seat Position Airbag Sensor Center Airbag Sensor Connector C S17 1 2 VS 3 4 GND C C130796E01 OK Tester Connection Specified Condition S17-2 (VS) - S17-4 (GND) 1 MΩ or higher NG REPAIR OR REPLACE FLOOR WIRE SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM – AIRBAG SYSTEM 5 CHECK FLOOR WIRE (TO B+) (a) Connect the cable to the negative (-) battery terminal, and wait for at least 2 seconds. (b) Turn the power switch ON (IG). (c) Measure the voltage of the wire harness side connector. Standard voltage Floor Wire C B A D Seat Position Airbag Sensor Tester Connection Center Airbag Sensor Specified Condition S17-2 (VS) - Body ground Below 1 V S17-4 (GND) - Body ground Below 1 V NG REPAIR OR REPLACE FLOOR WIRE Connector C S17 VS 1 2 3 4 GND C C130796E01 OK 6 CHECK FLOOR WIRE (TO GROUND) (a) Turn the power switch OFF. (b) Disconnect the cable from the negative (-) battery terminal, and wait for at least 90 seconds. (c) Measure the resistance of the wire harness side connector. Standard resistance Floor Wire C B A D Seat Position Airbag Sensor Center Airbag Sensor Tester Connection Specified Condition S17-2 (VS) - Body ground 1 MΩ or higher S17-4 (GND) - Body ground 1 MΩ or higher NG Connector C S17 1 2 VS 3 4 GND C C130796E01 OK RS–95 REPAIR OR REPLACE FLOOR WIRE RS RS–96 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM – AIRBAG SYSTEM 7 CHECK SEAT POSITION AIRBAG SENSOR RS Seat Position Airbag Sensor Center Airbag Sensor DLC3 DTC 35 CG TC C C130794E01 (a) Connect the connectors to the center airbag sensor and the seat position airbag sensor. (b) Connect the cable to the negative (-) battery terminal, and wait for at least 2 seconds. (c) Turn the power switch ON (IG), and wait for at least 60 seconds. (d) Clear the DTCs (see page RS-38). (e) Turn the power switch OFF. (f) Turn the power switch ON (IG), and wait for at least 60 seconds. (g) Check the DTCs (see page RS-38). OK: DTC B1653/35 is not output. HINT: DTCs other than DTC B1653/35 may be output at this time, but they are not related to this check. OK USE SIMULATION METHOD TO CHECK NG 8 REPLACE SEAT POSITION AIRBAG SENSOR (a) Turn the power switch OFF. (b) Disconnect the cable from the negative (-) battery terminal, and wait for at least 90 seconds. (c) Replace the seat position airbag sensor (see page RS319). HINT: Perform inspection using parts from a normal vehicle if possible. NEXT SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM – AIRBAG SYSTEM 9 RS–97 CHECK CENTER AIRBAG SENSOR ASSEMBLY Seat Position Airbag Sensor Center Airbag Sensor DLC3 DTC 35 CG TC C C130794E01 OK USE SIMULATION METHOD TO CHECK (a) Connect the cable to the negative (-) battery terminal, and wait for at least 2 seconds. (b) Turn the power switch ON (IG), and wait for at least 60 seconds. (c) Clear the DTCs (see page RS-38). (d) Turn the power switch OFF. (e) Turn the power switch ON (IG), and wait for at least 60 seconds. (f) Check the DTCs (see page RS-38). OK: DTC B1653/35 is not output. HINT: DTCs other than DTC B1653/35 may be output at this time, but they are not related to this check. NG REPLACE CENTER AIRBAG SENSOR ASSEMBLY RS RS–98 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM – AIRBAG SYSTEM DTC B1655/37 Driver Side Seat Belt Buckle Switch Circuit Malfunction DESCRIPTION The driver side seat belt buckle switch circuit consists of the center airbag sensor and the front seat inner RS belt LH. DTC B1655/37 is recorded when a malfunction is detected in the driver side seat belt buckle switch circuit. DTC No. DTC Detection Condition Trouble Area B1655/37 When one of following conditions is met: • Center airbag sensor receives a line short signal, an open signal, a short to ground signal or a short to B+ signal from the driver side seat belt buckle switch sensor for 2 seconds. • Front seat inner belt LH malfunction • Center airbag sensor malfunction • • • Floor wire Front seat inner belt LH (Driver side seat belt buckle switch) Center airbag sensor WIRING DIAGRAM Front Seat Inner Belt LH* Center Airbag Sensor Buckle Switch DBE+ DBE- *: A wire harness and connectors that are connected to the seat position sensor are component parts of the front seat inner belt LH. C123590E02 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM – AIRBAG SYSTEM RS–99 INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1 CHECK FOR DTC (a) Turn the power switch ON (IG), and wait for at least 60 seconds. (b) Clear the DTCs (see page RS-38). (c) Turn the power switch OFF. (d) Turn the power switch ON (IG), and wait for at least 60 seconds. (e) Check the DTCs (see page RS-38). OK: DTC B1655/37 is not output. HINT: DTCs other than DTC B1655/37 may be output at this time, but they are not related to this check. Front Seat Inner Belt LH Center Airbag Sensor DLC3 DTC 37 OK USE SIMULATION METHOD TO CHECK CG TC C C130797E01 NG 2 CHECK CONNECTION OF CONNECTOR (a) Turn the power switch OFF. (b) Disconnect the cable from the negative (-) battery terminal, and wait for at least 90 seconds. (c) Check that the connectors are properly connected to the center airbag sensor and the front seat inner belt LH. OK: Connectors are connected. NG OK CONNECT CONNECTOR RS RS–100 3 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM – AIRBAG SYSTEM CHECK FLOOR WIRE (OPEN) Floor Wire RS C B D A Front Seat Inner Belt LH Center Airbag Sensor Connector C Connector B S17 (a) Disconnect the connectors from the center airbag sensor and the front seat inner belt LH. (b) Using a service wire, connect terminals A17-10 (DBE+) and A17-18 (DBE-) of connector B. NOTICE: Do not forcibly insert a service wire into the terminals of the connector. (c) Measure the resistance of the wire harness side connector. Standard resistance Tester Connection Specified Condition S17-1 - S17-3 Below 1 Ω DBE+ A17 NG 1 2 REPAIR OR REPLACE FLOOR WIRE 3 4 DBE- C C130798E01 OK 4 CHECK FLOOR WIRE (SHORT) (a) Disconnect the service wire from connector B. (b) Measure the resistance of the wire harness side connector. Standard resistance Floor Wire C B A D Front Seat Inner Belt LH Center Airbag Sensor Connector C S17 1 2 3 4 C C130796E02 OK Tester Connection Specified Condition S17-1 - S17-3 1 MΩ or higher NG REPAIR OR REPLACE FLOOR WIRE SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM – AIRBAG SYSTEM 5 RS–101 CHECK FLOOR WIRE (TO B+) (a) Connect the cable to the negative (-) battery terminal, and wait for at least 2 seconds. (b) Turn the power switch ON (IG). (c) Measure the voltage of the wire harness side connector. Standard voltage Floor Wire C B A D Front Seat Inner Belt LH Center Airbag Sensor Tester connection Specified condition S17-1 - Body ground Below 1 V S17-3 - Body ground Below 1 V NG REPAIR OR REPLACE FLOOR WIRE Connector C S17 1 2 3 4 C C130796E02 OK 6 CHECK FLOOR WIRE (TO GROUND) (a) Turn the power switch OFF. (b) Disconnect the cable from the negative (-) battery terminal, and wait for at least 90 seconds. (c) Measure the resistance of the wire harness side connector. Standard resistance Floor Wire C B A D Front Seat Inner Belt LH Center Airbag Sensor Tester connection Specified condition S17-1 - Body ground 1 MΩ or higher S17-3 - Body ground 1 MΩ or higher NG Connector C S17 1 2 3 4 C C130796E02 OK REPAIR OR REPLACE FLOOR WIRE RS RS–102 7 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM – AIRBAG SYSTEM CHECK FRONT SEAT INNER BELT ASSEMBLY LH RS Front Seat Inner Belt LH Center Airbag Sensor DLC3 DTC 37 CG TC C C130797E01 (a) Connect the connectors to the center airbag sensor and the front seat inner belt LH. (b) Connect the cable to the negative (-) battery terminal, and wait for at least 2 seconds. (c) Turn the power switch ON (IG), and wait for at least 60 seconds. (d) Clear the DTCs (see page RS-38). (e) Turn the power switch OFF. (f) Turn the power switch ON (IG), and wait for at least 60 seconds. (g) Check the DTCs (see page RS-38). OK: DTC B1655/37 is not output. HINT: DTCs other than DTC B1655/37 may be output at this time, but they are not related to this check. OK USE SIMULATION METHOD TO CHECK NG 8 REPLACE FRONT SEAT INNER BELT ASSEMBLY LH (a) Turn the power switch OFF. (b) Disconnect the cable from the negative (-) battery terminal, and wait for at least 90 seconds. (c) Replace the front seat inner belt LH (see page SB-5). HINT: Perform inspection using parts from a normal vehicle if possible. NEXT SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM – AIRBAG SYSTEM 9 RS–103 CHECK CENTER AIRBAG SENSOR ASSEMBLY (a) Connect the cable to the negative (-) battery terminal, and wait for at least 2 seconds. (b) Turn the power switch ON (IG), and wait for at least 60 seconds. (c) Clear the DTCs (see page RS-38). (d) Turn the power switch OFF. (e) Turn the power switch ON (IG), and wait for at least 60 seconds. (f) Check the DTCs (see page RS-38). OK: DTC B1655/37 is not output. HINT: DTCs other than DTC B1655/37 may be output at this time, but they are not related to this check. Front Seat Inner Belt LH Center Airbag Sensor DLC3 DTC 37 CG TC C C130797E01 OK USE SIMULATION METHOD TO CHECK NG REPLACE CENTER AIRBAG SENSOR ASSEMBLY RS RS–104 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM – AIRBAG SYSTEM DTC B1660/43 Passenger Airbag ON / OFF Indicator Circuit Malfunction DESCRIPTION The passenger airbag ON / OFF indicator circuit consists of the center airbag sensor and the front RS passenger seat belt warning light. This circuit indicates the operation condition of the front passenger airbag, front passenger side airbag and passenger side seat belt pretensioner. DTC B1660/43 is set when a malfunction is detected in the passenger airbag ON / OFF indicator circuit. DTC No. DTC Detection Conditions Trouble Areas B1660/43 When one of following is met: • Center airbag sensor detects line short signal, open signal, short to ground signal or short to B+ signal from passenger airbag ON / OFF indicator circuit for 2 seconds • Front passenger seat belt warning light malfunction • Center airbag sensor malfunction • • • Instrument panel wire Front passenger airbag ON / OFF Indicator light Center airbag sensor WIRING DIAGRAM Front Passenger Seat Belt Warning Light Center Airbag Sensor from GAUGE Fuse IG+ PAON PAON PBEW P-AB P-AB to Combination Meter C130799E01 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM – AIRBAG SYSTEM RS–105 INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1 CHECK PASSENGER AIRBAG ON/OFF INDICATOR OPERATION (a) Turn the power switch ON (IG). (b) Check the passenger airbag ON / OFF indicator operation. RS ON (IG) Power Switch OFF Passenger Airbag ON / OFF Indicator Light ON (ON) OFF 4 sec. 2 sec. 4 sec. 2 sec. ON Passenger Airbag ON / OFF Indicator Light OFF (OFF) ON / OFF condition depends on the front passenger detection results. H043700E19 Result ON / OFF Indicator Illumination Proceed to Always ON A OFF B B Go to step 8 A 2 CHECK CONNECTION OF CONNECTOR (a) Turn the power switch OFF. (b) Disconnect the cable from the negative (-) battery terminal, and wait for at least 90 seconds. (c) Check that the connectors are properly connected to the center airbag sensor and the front passenger seat belt warning light. OK: Connectors are connected. NG OK CONNECT CONNECTOR RS–106 3 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM – AIRBAG SYSTEM CHECK FRONT PASSENGER AIRBAG ON/OFF INDICATOR LIGHT (a) Disconnect the connector from the center airbag sensor. (b) Connect the cable to the negative (-) battery terminal, and wait for at least 2 seconds. (c) Turn the power switch ON (IG). (d) Check the passenger airbag ON / OFF indicator operation. OK: Neither ON nor OFF passenger airbag ON / OFF indicator comes on. RS #+4$#) 1(( 10 2#55'0)'4 C130800 OK Go to step 14 NG 4 CHECK INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (OPEN) Instrument Panel Wire C B A D Front Passenger Seat Belt Warning Light Connector C F11 Center Airbag Sensor Connector B A18 (a) Turn the power switch OFF. (b) Disconnect the cable from the negative (-) battery terminal, and wait for at least 90 seconds. (c) Disconnect the connector from the front passenger seat belt warning light. (d) Using a service wire, connect terminals F11-1 (PAON) and F11-5 (P-AB) of connector C. NOTICE: Do not forcibly insert a service wire into the terminals of the connector. (e) Measure the resistance of the wire harness side connector. Standard resistance Terminal Connection Specified Condition A18-17 (P-AB) - A18-23 (PAON) Below 1 Ω PAON NG P-AB PAON Service Wire P-AB C130801E01 OK REPAIR OR REPLACE INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM – AIRBAG SYSTEM 5 RS–107 CHECK INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (SHORT) Instrument Panel Wire C B D A Front Passenger Seat Belt Warning Light Center Airbag Sensor (a) Disconnect the service wire from connector C. (b) Measure the resistance of the wire harness side connector. Standard resistance Terminal Connection Specified Condition A18-17 (P-AB) - A18-23 (PAON) 1 MΩ or higher NG REPAIR OR REPLACE INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE Connector B A18 P-AB PAON C130802E01 OK 6 CHECK INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (TO B+) Instrument Panel Wire C B D A Front Passenger Seat Belt Warning Light Center Airbag Sensor (a) Connect the cable to the negative (-) battery terminal, and wait for at least 2 seconds. (b) Turn the power switch ON (IG). (c) Measure the voltage of the wire harness side connector. Standard voltage Terminal Connection Specified Condition A18-23 (PAON) - Body ground Below 1 V A18-17 (P-AB) - Body ground Below 1 V NG Connector B A18 P-AB PAON C130802E01 OK REPAIR OR REPLACE INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE RS RS–108 7 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM – AIRBAG SYSTEM CHECK INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (TO GROUND) Instrument Panel Wire RS C B D A Front Passenger Seat Belt Warning Light Center Airbag Sensor (a) Turn the power switch OFF. (b) Disconnect the cable from the negative (-) battery terminal, and wait for at least 90 seconds. (c) Measure the resistance of the wire harness side connector. Standard resistance Terminal Connection Specified Condition A18-17 (P-AB) -Body ground 1 MΩ or higher A18-23 (PAON) -Body ground 1 MΩ or higher NG REPAIR OR REPLACE INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE Connector B A18 P-AB PAON C130802E01 OK REPLACE FRONT PASSENGER AIRBAG ON/OFF INDICATOR LIGHT 8 CHECK CONNECTION OF CONNECTOR (a) Turn the power switch OFF. (b) Disconnect the cable from the negative (-) battery terminal, and wait for at least 90 seconds. (c) Check that the connectors are properly connected to the center airbag sensor and the front passenger seat belt warning light. OK: Connectors are connected. NG OK CONNECT CONNECTOR SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM – AIRBAG SYSTEM 9 RS–109 CHECK INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (OPEN) Instrument Panel Wire C B A D Front Passenger Seat Belt Warning Light Center Airbag Sensor Connector C (a) Disconnect the connector from the center airbag sensor and the front passenger seat belt warning light. (b) Using a service wire, connect terminals F11-1 (PAON) and F11-5 (P-AB) of connector C. NOTICE: Do not forcibly insert a service wire into the terminals of the connector. (c) Measure the resistance of the wire harness side connector. Standard resistance Terminal Connection Specified Condition A18-23 (PAON) - A18-17 (P-AB) Below 1 Ω Connector B F11 NG A18 REPAIR OR REPLACE INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE PAON P-AB P-AB PAON Service Wire C130801E01 OK 10 CHECK INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (SHORT) Instrument Panel Wire C B D A Front Passenger Seat Belt Warning Light Center Airbag Sensor Connector B A18 P-AB PAON C130802E01 OK (a) Disconnect the service wire from connector C. (b) Measure the resistance of the wire harness side connector. Standard resistance Terminal Connection Specified Condition A18-17 (P-AB) - A18-23 (PAON) 1 MΩ or higher NG REPAIR OR REPLACE INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE RS RS–110 11 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM – AIRBAG SYSTEM CHECK INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (TO B+) Instrument Panel Wire RS C B D A Front Passenger Seat Belt Warning Light Center Airbag Sensor (a) Connect the cable to the negative (-) battery terminal, and wait for at least 2 seconds. (b) Turn the power switch ON (IG). (c) Measure the voltage of the wire harness side connector. Standard voltage Terminal Connection Specified Condition A18-23 (PAON) - Body ground Below 1 V A18-17 (P-AB) - Body ground Below 1 V NG REPAIR OR REPLACE INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE Connector B A18 P-AB PAON C130802E01 OK 12 CHECK INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (TO GROUND) Instrument Panel Wire C B D A Front Passenger Seat Belt Warning Light Center Airbag Sensor (a) Turn the power switch OFF. (b) Disconnect the cable from the negative (-) battery terminal, and wait for at least 90 seconds. (c) Measure the resistance of the wire harness side connector. Standard resistance Terminal Connection Specified Condition A18-17 (P-AB) - Body ground 1 MΩ or higher A18-23 (PAON) - Body ground 1 MΩ or higher NG Connector B A18 P-AB PAON C130802E01 OK REPAIR OR REPLACE INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM – AIRBAG SYSTEM 13 RS–111 CHECK WIRE HARNESS (POWER SOURCE) Instrument Panel Wire C B A D Front Passenger Seat Belt Warning Light Center Airbag Sensor (a) Connect the cable to the negative (-) battery terminal, and wait for at least 2 seconds. (b) Turn the power switch ON (IG). (c) Measure the voltage of the wire harness side connector. Standard voltage Terminal Connection Specified Condition F11-6 (IG+) - Body ground 10 to 14 V NG REPAIR OR REPLACE POWER SOURCE CIRCUIT Connector C F11 IG C130803E01 OK 14 CHECK FRONT PASSENGER AIRBAG ON/OFF INDICATOR LIGHT PAON F11 P-AB PBEW C130804E01 (a) Turn the power switch OFF. (b) Disconnect the cable from the negative (-) battery terminal, and wait for at least 90 seconds. (c) Using a service wire, connect terminals F11-5 (P-AB) and F11-4 (PBEW) of the front passenger seat belt warning light. (d) Using a service wire, connect terminals F11-1 (PAON) and F11-4 (PBEW) of the front passenger seat belt warning light. (e) Connect the cable to the negative (-) battery terminal, and wait for at least 2 seconds. (f) Turn the power switch ON (IG). (g) Check the front passenger airbag ON / OFF indicator operation. OK: Front passenger airbag ON / OFF indicator comes on NG OK REPLACE FRONT PASSENGER AIRBAG ON/ OFF INDICATOR LIGHT RS RS–112 15 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM – AIRBAG SYSTEM CHECK CENTER AIRBAG SENSOR ASSEMBLY RS Front Passenger Seat Belt Warning Light DLC3 Center Airbag Sensor DTC 43 CG TC C130805E01 OK USE SIMULATION METHOD TO CHECK (a) Turn the power switch OFF. (b) Disconnect the cable from the negative (-) battery terminal, and wait for at least 90 seconds. (c) Connect the connectors to the center airbag sensor and the front passenger seat belt warning light. (d) Connect the cable to the negative (-) battery terminal, and wait for at least 2 seconds. (e) Turn the power switch ON (IG), and wait for at least 60 seconds. (f) Clear the DTCs (see page RS-38). (g) Turn the power switch OFF. (h) Turn the power switch ON (IG), and wait for at least 60 seconds. (i) Check for DTCs (see page RS-38). OK: DTC B1660/43 is not output. HINT: DTCs other than DTC B1660/43 may be output at this time, but they are not related to this check. NG REPLACE CENTER AIRBAG SENSOR ASSEMBLY SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM – AIRBAG SYSTEM DTC B1800/51 Short in Driver Side Squib Circuit DTC B1801/51 Open in Driver Side Squib Circuit DTC B1802/51 Short to GND in Driver Side Squib Circuit DTC B1803/51 Short to B+ in Driver Side Squib Circuit RS–113 DESCRIPTION The driver side squib circuit consists of the center airbag sensor, the spiral cable and the steering pad. The circuit instructs the SRS to deploy when deployment conditions are met. These DTCs are recorded when a malfunction is detected in the driver side squib circuit. DTC No. DTC Detection Condition Trouble Area B1800/51 Center airbag sensor receives a line short signal 5 times from the driver side squib circuit during primary check. • • • • Instrument panel wire Spiral cable Steering pad (Driver side squib) Center airbag sensor B1801/51 Center airbag sensor receives an open signal from the driver side squib circuit for 2 seconds. • • • • Instrument panel wire Spiral cable Steering pad (Driver side squib) Center airbag sensor B1802/51 Center airbag sensor receives a short to ground signal from the driver side squib circuit for 0.5 seconds. • • • • Instrument panel wire Spiral cable Steering pad (Driver side squib) Center airbag sensor B1803/51 Center airbag sensor receives a short to B+ signal from the driver side squib circuit for 0.5 seconds. • • • • Instrument panel wire Spiral cable Steering pad (Driver side squib) Center airbag sensor RS RS–114 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM – AIRBAG SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAM RS Center Airbag Sensor Steering Pad (Driver Side Squib) D+ D- D+ D- Spiral Cable H101253E04 INSPECTION PROCEDURE HINT: • Perform the simulation method by selecting the "CHECK MODE" (signal check) with the intelligent tester (see page RS-41). • After selecting the "CHECK MODE" (signal check), perform the simulation method by wiggling each connector of the airbag system or driving the vehicle on various types of roads (see page RS-41). SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM – AIRBAG SYSTEM 1 RS–115 CHECK STEERING PAD (DRIVER SIDE SQUIB) DC F E Spiral Cable Driver Side Squib Center Airbag Sensor Connector E SST DLC3 CG TC DTC 51 C C114804E02 (a) Turn the power switch OFF. (b) Disconnect the cable from the negative (-) battery terminal, and wait for at least 90 seconds. (c) Disconnect the connectors from the steering pad. (d) Connect the white wire side of SST to connector E. CAUTION: Never connect SST to the steering pad (driver side squib) for measurement, as this may lead to a serious injury due to airbag deployment. NOTICE: • Do not forcibly insert SST into the terminals of the connector when connecting. • Insert SST straight into the terminals of the connector. SST 09843-18060 (e) Connect the cable to the negative (-) battery terminal, and wait for at least 2 seconds. (f) Turn the power switch ON (IG), and wait for at least 60 seconds. (g) Clear the DTCs (see page RS-38). (h) Turn the power switch OFF. (i) Turn the power switch ON (IG), and wait for at least 60 seconds. (j) Check the DTCs (see page RS-38). OK: DTC B1800, B1801, B1802, B1803 or 51 is not output. HINT: DTCs other than DTC B1800, B1801, B1802, B1803 or 51 may be output at this time, but they are not related to this check. OK REPLACE STEERING PAD NG 2 CHECK CONNECTOR (a) Turn the power switch OFF. (b) Disconnect the cable from the negative (-) battery terminal, and wait for at least 90 seconds. (c) Disconnect SST from the spiral cable. (d) Check that the spiral cable connectors (on the steering pad side) are not damaged. OK: Lock button is not disengaged, and claw of lock is not deformed or damaged. NG REPLACE SPIRAL CABLE RS RS–116 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM – AIRBAG SYSTEM OK 3 RS CHECK DRIVER SIDE SQUIB CIRCUIT (a) Disconnect the connectors from the center airbag sensor. (b) Connect the cable to the negative (-) battery terminal, and wait for at least 2 seconds. (c) Turn the power switch ON (IG). (d) Measure the voltage of the wire harness side connector. Standard voltage Driver Side Squib A DC F E B Spiral Cable Center Airbag Sensor D+ Color: Orange C Specified Condition D+ - Body ground Below 1 V D- - Body ground Below 1 V (e) Turn the power switch OFF. (f) Disconnect the cable from the negative (-) battery terminal, and wait for at least 90 seconds. (g) Measure the resistance of the wire harness side connector. Standard resistance Connector E D- Tester Connection C114805E03 Tester Connection Specified Condition D+ - D- Below 1 Ω D+ - Body ground 1 MΩ or higher D- - Body ground 1 MΩ or higher (h) Release the activation prevention mechanism built into connector B (see page RS-31). (i) Measure the resistance of the wire harness side connector. Standard resistance Tester Connection Specified Condition D+ - D- 1 MΩ or higher OK NG REPLACE CENTER AIRBAG SENSOR ASSEMBLY SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM – AIRBAG SYSTEM 4 RS–117 CHECK INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE Instrument Panel Wire A D C F E B Spiral Cable Driver Side Squib Center Airbag Sensor Connector C A22 Tester Connection Specified Condition A22-1 (D+) - Body ground Below 1 V A22-2 (D-) - Body ground Below 1 V (f) Turn the power switch OFF. (g) Disconnect the cable from the negative (-) battery terminal, and wait for at least 90 seconds. (h) Measure the resistance of the wire harness side connector. Standard resistance DD+ C (a) Restore the released activation prevention mechanism of connector B to its original position. (b) Disconnect the instrument panel wire connector from the spiral cable. (c) Connect the cable to the negative (-) battery terminal, and wait for at least 2 seconds. (d) Turn the power switch ON (IG). (e) Measure the voltage of the wire harness side connector. Standard voltage C114807E05 Tester Connection Specified Condition A22-1 (D+) - A22-2 (D-) Below 1 Ω A22-1 (D+) - Body ground 1 MΩ or higher A22-2 (D-) - Body ground 1 MΩ or higher (i) (j) Release the activation prevention mechanism built into connector B (see page RS-31). Measure the resistance of the wire harness side connector. Standard resistance Tester Connection Specified Condition A22-1 (D+) - A22-2 (D-) 1 MΩ or higher NG OK REPLACE SPIRAL CABLE REPAIR OR REPLACE INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE RS RS–118 RS SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM – AIRBAG SYSTEM DTC B1805/52 Short in Front Passenger Side Squib Circuit DTC B1806/52 Open in Front Passenger Side Squib Circuit DTC B1807/52 Short to GND in Front Passenger Side Squib Circuit DTC B1808/52 Short to B+ in Front Passenger Side Squib Circuit DESCRIPTION The front passenger side squib circuit consists of the center airbag sensor and the front passenger airbag. The circuit instructs the SRS to deploy when deployment conditions are met. These DTCs are recorded when a malfunction is detected in the front passenger side squib circuit. DTC No. DTC Detection Condition Trouble Area B1805/52 Center airbag sensor receives a line short signal 5 times from the front passenger side squib circuit during primary check. • • • • B1806/52 Center airbag sensor receives an open circuit signal from the front passenger side squib circuit for 2 seconds. B1807/52 Center airbag sensor receives a short to ground signal from the front passenger side squib circuit for 0.5 seconds. • • • • • • • • B1808/52 Center airbag sensor receives a short to B+ signal from the front passenger side squib circuit for 0.5 seconds. • • • • Instrument panel wire No. 2 instrument panel wire Front passenger airbag (Front passenger side squib) Center airbag sensor Instrument panel wire No. 2 instrument panel wire Front passenger airbag (Front passenger side squib) Center airbag sensor Instrument panel wire No. 2 instrument panel wire Front passenger airbag (Front passenger side squib) Center airbag sensor Instrument panel wire No. 2 instrument panel wire Front passenger airbag (Front passenger side squib) Center airbag sensor SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM – AIRBAG SYSTEM RS–119 WIRING DIAGRAM RS Center Airbag Sensor Front Passenger Airbag (Passenger Side Squib) P+ P- P+ P- H101119E15 INSPECTION PROCEDURE HINT: • Perform the simulation method by selecting the "CHECK MODE" (signal check) with the intelligent tester (see page RS-41). • After selecting the "CHECK MODE" (signal check), perform the simulation method by wiggling each connector of the airbag system or driving the vehicle on various types of roads (see page RS-41). RS–120 1 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM – AIRBAG SYSTEM CHECK FRONT PASSENGER AIRBAG ASSEMBLY (FRONT PASSENGER SIDE SQUIB) RS F E DC Front Passenger Side Squib Center Airbag Sensor Connector E A20 SST DLC3 DTC 52 CG TC C C114809E03 (a) Turn the power switch OFF. (b) Disconnect the cable from the negative (-) battery terminal, and wait for at least 90 seconds. (c) Disconnect the connectors from the front passenger airbag. (d) Connect the white wire side of SST (resistance 2.1 Ω) to the instrument panel wire connector E. CAUTION: Never connect SST to the front passenger airbag (front passenger side squib) for measurement, as this may lead to a serious injury due to airbag deployment. NOTICE: • Do not forcibly insert SST into the terminals of the connector when connecting. • Insert SST straight into the terminals of the connector. SST 09843-18060 (e) Connect the cable to the negative (-) battery terminal, and wait for at least 2 seconds. (f) Turn the power switch ON (IG), and wait for at least 60 seconds. (g) Clear the DTCs (see page RS-38). (h) Turn the power switch OFF. (i) Turn the power switch ON (IG), and wait for at least 60 seconds. (j) Check the DTCs (see page RS-38). OK: DTC B1805, B1806, B1807, B1808 or 52 is not output. HINT: DTCs other than DTC B1805, B1806, B1807, B1808 or 52 may be output at this time, but they are not related to this check. OK REPLACE FRONT PASSENGER AIRBAG ASSEMBLY NG 2 CHECK CONNECTOR (a) Turn the power switch OFF. (b) Disconnect the cable from the negative (-) battery terminal, and wait for at least 90 seconds. (c) Disconnect SST from the instrument panel wire. (d) Check that the instrument panel wire connectors (on the front passenger side airbag) are not damaged. OK: Lock button is not disengaged, and claw of lock is not deformed or damaged. SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM – AIRBAG SYSTEM NG RS–121 REPLACE INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE OK 3 CHECK INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (FRONT PASSENGER SIDE SQUIB) Passenger Squib F E DC B A Center Airbag Sensor A20 P+ PColor: Orange H100374E11 (a) Disconnect the connector from the center airbag sensor. (b) Connect the cable to the negative (-) battery terminal, and wait for at least 2 seconds. (c) Turn the power switch ON (IG). (d) Measure the voltage of the wire harness side connector. Standard voltage Tester Connection Specified Condition A20-1 (P+) - Body ground Below 1 V A20-2 (P-) - Body ground Below 1 V (e) Turn the power switch OFF. (f) Disconnect the cable from the negative (-) battery terminal, and wait for at least 90 seconds. (g) Measure the resistance of the wire harness side connector. Standard resistance Tester Connection Specified Condition A20-1 (P+) - A20-2 (P-) Below 1 Ω A20-1 (P+) - Body ground 1 MΩ or higher A20-2 (P-) - Body ground 1 MΩ or higher (h) Release the activation prevention mechanism built into connector B (see page RS-31). (i) Measure the resistance of the wire harness side connector. Standard resistance Tester Connection Specified Condition A20-1 (P+) - A20-2 (P-) 1 MΩ or higher OK NG REPLACE CENTER AIRBAG SENSOR ASSEMBLY RS RS–122 4 RS SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM – AIRBAG SYSTEM CHECK NO. 2 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE No. 2 Instrument Panel Wire Instrument Panel Wire Center Airbag Sensor F E D C B A Passenger Squib A20 P+ Tester Connection Specified Condition A20-1 (P+) - Body ground Below 1 V A20-2 (P-) - Body ground Below 1 V (d) Turn the power switch OFF. (e) Disconnect the cable from the negative (-) battery terminal, and wait for at least 90 seconds. (f) Measure the resistance of the wire harness side connector. Standard resistance IH1 P- P+ (a) Connect the cable to the negative (-) battery terminal, and wait for at least 2 seconds. (b) Turn the power switch ON (IG). (c) Measure the voltage of the wire harness side connector. Standard voltage PC130806E01 Tester Connection Specified Condition A20-2 (P-) - IH1-2 Below 1 Ω A20-1 (P+) - IH1-1 Below 1 Ω A20-2 (P-) - A20-1 (P+) 1 MΩ or higher A20-2 (P-) - Body ground 1 MΩ or higher A20-1 (P+) - Body ground 1 MΩ or higher NG OK REPAIR OR REPLACE INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE REPAIR OR REPLACE NO. 2 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM – AIRBAG SYSTEM RS–123 DTC B1810/53 Short in Driver Side Squib 2nd Step Circuit DTC B1811/53 Open in Driver Side Squib 2nd Step Circuit DTC B1812/53 Short to GND in Driver Side Squib 2nd Step Circuit DTC B1813/53 Short to B+ in Driver Side Squib 2nd Step Circuit DESCRIPTION The driver side squib 2nd step circuit consists of the center airbag sensor, the spiral cable and the steering pad. The circuit instructs the SRS to deploy when deployment conditions are met. These DTCs are recorded when a malfunction is detected in the driver side squib 2nd step circuit. DTC No. DTC Detection Condition Trouble Area B1810/53 Center airbag sensor receives a line short signal 5 times from the driver side squib 2nd step circuit during primary check. • • • • Instrument panel wire Spiral cable Steering pad (Driver side squib 2nd step) Center airbag sensor B1811/53 Center airbag sensor receives an open signal from the driver side squib 2nd step circuit for 2 seconds. • • • • Instrument panel wire Spiral cable Steering pad (Driver side squib 2nd step) Center airbag sensor B1812/53 Center airbag sensor receives a short circuit to ground signal from the driver side 2nd step circuit for 0.5 seconds. • • • • Instrument panel wire Spiral cable Steering pad (Driver side squib 2nd step) Center airbag sensor B1813/53 Center airbag sensor receives a short circuit to B+ signal from the driver side squib 2nd step circuit for 0.5 seconds. • • • • Instrument panel wire Spiral cable Steering pad (Driver side squib 2nd step) Center airbag sensor RS RS–124 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM – AIRBAG SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAM RS Center Airbag Sensor Driver Side Squib 2nd Step D2+ D2- D2+ D2- Spiral Cable H101118E06 INSPECTION PROCEDURE HINT: • Perform the simulation method by selecting the "CHECK MODE" (signal check) with the intelligent tester (see page RS-41). • After selecting the "CHECK MODE" (signal check), perform the simulation method by wiggling each connector of the airbag system or driving the vehicle on various types of roads (see page RS-41). SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM – AIRBAG SYSTEM 1 RS–125 CHECK STEERING PAD (DRIVER SIDE SQUIB 2ND STEP) F E DC Spiral Cable Driver Side Squib 2nd Step Center Airbag Sensor Connector E SST DLC3 CG DTC 53 TC C C114814E02 (a) Turn the power switch OFF. (b) Disconnect the cable from the negative (-) battery terminal, and wait for at least 90 seconds. (c) Disconnect the connectors from the steering pad. (d) Connect the white wire side of SST to the spiral cable connector E. CAUTION: Never connect SST to the steering pad (driver side squib 2nd step) for measurement, as this may lead to a serious injury due to airbag deployment. NOTICE: • Do not forcibly insert SST into the terminals of the connector when connecting. • Insert SST straight into the terminals of the connector. SST 09843-18060 (e) Connect the cable to the negative (-) battery terminal, and wait for at least 2 seconds. (f) Turn the power switch ON (IG), and wait for at least 60 seconds. (g) Clear the DTCs (see page RS-38). (h) Turn the power switch OFF. (i) Turn the power switch ON (IG), and wait for at least 60 seconds. (j) Check the DTCs (see page RS-38). OK: DTC B1810, B1811, B1812, B1813 or 53 is not output. HINT: DTCs other than DTC B1810, B1811, B1812, B1813 or 53 may be output at this time, but they are not related to this check. OK REPLACE STEERING PAD NG 2 CHECK CONNECTOR (a) Turn the power switch OFF. (b) Disconnect the cable from the negative (-) battery terminal, and wait for at least 90 seconds. (c) Disconnect SST from the spiral cable. (d) Check that the spiral cable connector (on the steering pad side) is not damaged. OK: Lock button is not disengaged, and claw of lock is not deformed or damaged. NG REPLACE SPIRAL CABLE RS RS–126 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM – AIRBAG SYSTEM OK 3 RS CHECK DRIVER SIDE SQUIB 2ND STEP CIRCUIT (a) Disconnect the connector from the center airbag sensor. (b) Connect the cable to the negative (-) battery terminal, and wait for at least 2 seconds. (c) Turn the power switch ON (IG). (d) Measure the voltage of the wire harness side connector. Standard voltage Driver Side Squib 2nd Step A F E DC Spiral Cable B Center Airbag Sensor Connector E D2- C D2+ Tester Connection Specified Condition D2+ - Body ground Below 1 V D2- - Body ground Below 1 V (e) Turn the power switch OFF. (f) Disconnect the cable from the negative (-) battery terminal, and wait for at least 90 seconds. (g) Measure the resistance of the wire harness side connector. Standard resistance Tester Connection Specified Condition D2+ - D2- Below 1 Ω D2+ - Body ground 1 MΩ or higher D2- - Body ground 1 MΩ or higher C114815E02 (h) Release the activation prevention mechanism built into connector B (see page RS-31). (i) Measure the resistance of the wire harness side connector. Standard resistance Tester Connection Specified Condition D2+ - D2- 1 MΩ or higher OK OK REPLACE CENTER AIRBAG SENSOR ASSEMBLY SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM – AIRBAG SYSTEM 4 RS–127 CHECK INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE Instrument Panel Wire A D C F E B Spiral Cable Driver Side Squib 2nd Step Center Airbag Sensor Connector C A22 Tester Connection Specified Condition A22-4 (D2+) - Body ground Below 1 V A22-3 (D2-) - Body ground Below 1 V (f) Turn the power switch OFF. (g) Disconnect the cable from the negative (-) battery terminal, and wait for at least 90 seconds. (h) Measure the resistance of the wire harness side connector. Standard resistance D2- D2+ C (a) Restore the released activation prevention mechanism of connector B to its original position. (b) Disconnect the instrument panel wire connector from the spiral cable. (c) Connect the cable to the negative (-) battery terminal, and wait for at least 2 seconds. (d) Turn the power switch ON (IG). (e) Measure the voltage of the wire harness side connector. Standard voltage C114807E06 Tester Connection Specified Condition A22-4 (D2+) - A22-3 (D2-) Below 1 Ω A22-4 (D2+) - Body ground 1 MΩ or higher A22-3 (D2-) - Body ground 1 MΩ or higher (i) (j) Release the activation prevention mechanism built into connector B (see page RS-31). Measure the resistance of the wire harness side connector. Standard resistance Tester Connection Specified Condition A22-4 (D2+) - A22-3 (D2-) 1 MΩ or higher NG OK REPLACE SPIRAL CABLE REPAIR OR REPLACE INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE ASSEMBLY RS RS–128 RS SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM – AIRBAG SYSTEM DTC B1815/54 Short in Front Passenger Side Squib 2nd Step Circuit DTC B1816/54 Open in Front Passenger Side Squib 2nd Step Circuit DTC B1817/54 Short to GND in Front Passenger Side Squib 2nd Step Circuit DTC B1818/54 Short to B+ in Front Passenger Side Squib 2nd Step Circuit DESCRIPTION The front passenger side squib 2nd step circuit consists of the center airbag sensor and the front passenger airbag. The circuit instructs the SRS to deploy when deployment conditions are met. These DTCs are recorded when a malfunction is detected in the front passenger side squib 2nd step circuit. DTC No. DTC Detection Condition Trouble Area B1815/54 Center airbag sensor receives a line short signal 5 times from the front passenger side squib 2nd step circuit during primary check. • • • B1816/54 Center airbag sensor receives an open signal from the front passenger side squib 2nd step circuit for 2 seconds. • • • • • B1817/54 Center airbag sensor receives a short to ground signal from the front passenger side squib 2nd step circuit for 0.5 seconds. B1818/54 Center airbag sensor receives a short to B+ signal from the front passenger side squib 2nd step circuit for 0.5 seconds. • • • • • • • • Instrument panel wire No. 2 instrument panel wire Front passenger airbag (Front passenger side squib 2nd step) Center airbag sensor Instrument panel wire No. 2 instrument panel wire Front passenger airbag (Front passenger side squib 2nd step) Center airbag sensor Instrument panel wire No. 2 instrument panel wire Front passenger airbag (Front passenger side squib 2nd step) Center airbag sensor Instrument panel wire No. 2 instrument panel wire Front passenger airbag (Front passenger side squib 2nd step) Center airbag sensor SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM – AIRBAG SYSTEM RS–129 WIRING DIAGRAM RS Center Airbag Sensor Front Passenger Side Squib 2nd Step P2+ P2- P2+ P2- H101119E05 INSPECTION PROCEDURE HINT: • Perform the simulation method by selecting the "CHECK MODE" (signal check) with the intelligent tester (see page RS-41). • After selecting the "CHECK MODE" (signal check), perform the simulation method by wiggling each connector of the airbag system or driving the vehicle on various types of roads (see page RS-41). RS–130 1 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM – AIRBAG SYSTEM CHECK FRONT PASSENGER AIRBAG ASSEMBLY (FRONT PASSENGER SIDE SQUIB 2ND STEP) RS F E DC Front Passenger Side Squib 2nd Step Center Airbag Sensor Connector E A21 SST DLC3 DTC 53 CG TC C C114820E03 (a) Turn the power switch OFF. (b) Disconnect the cable from the negative (-) battery terminal, and wait for at least 90 seconds. (c) Disconnect the connector to the front passenger airbag. (d) Connect the white wire side of SST (resistance 2.1 Ω) to the instrument panel wire connector E. CAUTION: Never connect SST to the front passenger airbag (front passenger side squib 2nd step) for measurement, as this may lead to a serious injury due to airbag deployment. NOTICE: • Do not forcibly insert SST into the terminals of the connector when connecting. • Insert SST straight into the terminals of the connector. SST 09843-18060 (e) Connect the cable to the negative (-) battery terminal, and wait for at least 2 seconds. (f) Turn the power switch ON (IG), and wait for at least 60 seconds. (g) Clear the DTCs (see page RS-38). (h) Turn the power switch OFF. (i) Turn the power switch ON (IG), and wait for at least 60 seconds. (j) Check the DTCs (see page RS-38). OK: DTC B1815, B1816, B1817, B1818 or 54 is not output. HINT: Codes other than DTC B1815, B1816, B1817, B1818 and 54 may be output at this time, but they are not related to this check. OK REPLACE FRONT PASSENGER AIRBAG ASSEMBLY NG 2 CHECK CONNECTOR (a) Turn the power switch OFF. (b) Disconnect the cable from the negative (-) battery terminal, and wait for at least 90 seconds. (c) Disconnect SST from the instrument panel wire. (d) Check that the No. 2 instrument panel wire connector (on the front passenger side airbag) are not damaged. OK: Lock button is not disengaged, and claw of lock is not deformed or damaged. SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM – AIRBAG SYSTEM NG RS–131 REPAIR OR REPLACE NO. 2 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE OK 3 CHECK INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (FRONT PASSENGER SIDE SQUIB 2ND STEP) Passenger Squib 2nd Step F E DC B A Center Airbag Sensor A21 P2+ P2- H100374E12 (a) Disconnect the connector from the center airbag sensor. (b) Connect the cable to the negative (-) battery terminal, and wait for at least 2 seconds. (c) Turn the power switch ON (IG). (d) Measure the voltage of the wire harness side connector. Standard voltage Tester Connection Specified Condition A21-1 (P2+) - Body ground Below 1 V A21-2 (P2-) - Body ground Below 1 V (e) Turn the power switch OFF. (f) Disconnect the cable from the negative (-) battery terminal, and wait for at least 90 seconds. (g) Measure the resistance of the wire harness side connector. Standard resistance Tester Connection Specified Condition A21-1 (P2+) - A21-2 (P2-) Below 1 Ω A21-1 (P2+) - Body ground 1 MΩ or higher A21-2 (P2-) - Body ground 1 MΩ or higher (h) Release the activation prevention mechanism built into connector B (see page RS-31). (i) Measure the resistance of the wire harness side connector. Standard resistance Tester Connection Specified Condition A21-1 (P2+) - A21-2 (P2-) 1 MΩ or higher OK NG REPLACE CENTER AIRBAG SENSOR ASSEMBLY RS RS–132 4 RS SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM – AIRBAG SYSTEM CHECK NO. 2 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE No. 2 Instrument Panel Wire Instrument Panel Wire Center Airbag Sensor F E D C B A Passenger Squib 2nd Step A21 P2+ Tester Connection Specified Condition A21-1 (P2+) - Body ground Below 1 V A21-2 (P2-) - Body ground Below 1 V (d) Turn the power switch OFF. (e) Disconnect the cable from the negative (-) battery terminal, and wait for at least 90 seconds. (f) Measure the resistance of the wire harness side connector. Standard resistance IH1 P2- P2+ (a) Connect the cable to the negative (-) battery terminal, and wait for at least 2 seconds. (b) Turn the power switch ON (IG). (c) Measure the voltage of the wire harness side connector. Standard voltage P2C130806E02 Tester Connection Specified Condition A21-1 (P2+) - IH1-3 Below 1 Ω A21-2 (P2-) - IH1-4 Below 1 Ω A21-1 (P2+) - A21-2 (P2-) Below 1 Ω A21-1 (P2+) - Body ground 1 MΩ or higher A21-2 (P2-) - Body ground 1 MΩ or higher NG OK REPAIR OR REPLACE INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE REPAIR OR REPLACE NO. 2 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM – AIRBAG SYSTEM RS–133 DTC B1820/55 Short in Driver Side - Side Squib Circuit DTC B1821/55 Open in Driver Side - Side Squib Circuit DTC B1822/55 Short to GND in Driver Side - Side Squib Circuit DTC B1823/55 Short to B+ in Driver Side - Side Squib Circuit DESCRIPTION The driver side - side squib circuit consists of the center airbag sensor and the front seat side airbag LH. This circuit instructs the SRS to deploy when deployment conditions are met. These DTCs are recorded when a malfunction is detected in the driver side - side squib circuit. DTC No. DTC Detection Condition Trouble Area B1820/55 Center airbag sensor receives a line short signal 5 times from the driver side - side squib circuit during primary check. • • • • Floor wire No. 1 seat airbag wire Front seat side airbag LH (Driver side - side squib) Center airbag sensor B1821/55 Center airbag sensor receives an open signal from the driver side - side squib circuit for 2 seconds. • • • • Floor wire No. 1 seat airbag wire Front seat side airbag LH (Driver side - side squib) Center airbag sensor B1822/55 Center airbag sensor receives a short to ground signal from the driver side - side squib circuit for 0.5 seconds. • • • • Floor wire No. 1 seat airbag wire Front seat side airbag LH (Driver side - side squib) Center airbag sensor B1823/55 Center airbag sensor receives a short to B+ signal from the driver side - side squib circuit for 0.5 seconds. • • • • Floor wire No. 1 seat airbag wire Front seat side airbag LH (Driver side - side squib) Center airbag sensor RS RS–134 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM – AIRBAG SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAM RS Center Airbag Sensor Driver Side - Side Squib SFL+ SFL- SFD+ SFD- H101119E38 INSPECTION PROCEDURE HINT: • Perform the simulation method by selecting the "CHECK MODE" (signal check) with the intelligent tester (see page RS-41). • After selecting the "CHECK MODE" (signal check), perform the simulation method by wiggling each connector of the airbag system or driving the vehicle on various types of roads (see page RS-41). SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM – AIRBAG SYSTEM 1 RS–135 CHECK FRONT SEAT SIDE AIRBAG ASSEMBLY LH (DRIVER SIDE - SIDE SQUIB) F E DC Driver Side Side Squib Center Airbag Sensor Connector E SFL+ SFL- S20 SST DLC3 CG DTC 55 TC C128712E02 (a) Turn the power switch OFF. (b) Disconnect the cable from the negative (-) battery terminal, and wait for at least 90 seconds. (c) Disconnect the connector from the front seat side airbag LH. (d) Connect the black wire side of SST to connector E. CAUTION: Never connect SST to the front seat side airbag LH (driver side - side squib) for measurement, as this may lead to a serious injury due to airbag deployment. NOTICE: • Do not forcibly insert SST into the terminals of the connector when connecting. • Insert SST straight into the terminals of the connector. SST 09843-18060 (e) Connect the cable to the negative (-) battery terminal, and wait for at least 2 seconds. (f) Turn the power switch ON (IG), and wait for at least 60 seconds. (g) Clear the DTCs (see page RS-38). (h) Turn the power switch OFF. (i) Turn the power switch ON (IG), and wait for at least 60 seconds. (j) Check the DTCs (see page RS-38). OK: DTC B1820, B1821, B1822, B1823 or 55 is not output. HINT: DTCs other than DTC B1820, B1821, B1822, B1823 or 55 may be output at this time, but they are not related to this check. OK REPLACE FRONT SEAT ASSEMBLY LH NG 2 CHECK CONNECTOR (a) Turn the power switch OFF. (b) Disconnect the cable from the negative (-) battery terminal, and wait for at least 90 seconds. (c) Disconnect SST from the No. 1 seat airbag wire. (d) Check that the No. 1 seat airbag wire connector (on the driver side - side squib) are not damaged. OK: Lock button is not disengaged, and claw of lock is not deformed or damaged. RS RS–136 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM – AIRBAG SYSTEM NG REPAIR OR REPLACE NO. 1 SEAT AIRBAG WIRE OK RS 3 CHECK FLOOR WIRE (DRIVER SIDE - SIDE SQUIB CIRCUIT) F E DC (a) Disconnect the connector from the center airbag sensor. (b) Connect the cable to the negative (-) battery terminal, and wait for at least 2 seconds. (c) Turn the power switch ON (IG). (d) Measure the voltage of the wire harness side connector. Standard voltage B A Tester Condition Driver Side - Side Squib Floor Wire Center Airbag Sensor S20-1 (SFL-) - Body ground Below 1 V S20-2 (SFL+) - Body ground Below 1 V (e) Turn the power switch OFF. (f) Disconnect the cable from the negative (-) battery terminal, and wait for at least 90 seconds. (g) Measure the resistance of the wire harness side connector. Standard resistance Connector E SFL- Specified Condition SFL+ S20 Tester Condition Specified Condition S20-1 (SFL-) - S20-2 (SFL+) Below 1 Ω S20-1 (SFL-) - Body ground 1 MΩ or higher S20-2 (SFL+) - Body ground 1 MΩ or higher C128713E02 (h) Release the activation prevention mechanism built into connector B (see page RS-31). (i) Measure the resistance of the wire harness side connector. Standard resistance Tester Condition Specified Condition S20-1 (SFL-) - S20-2 (SFL+) 1 MΩ or higher OK NG REPLACE CENTER AIRBAG SENSOR ASSEMBLY SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM – AIRBAG SYSTEM 4 RS–137 CHECK NO. 1 SEAT AIRBAG WIRE (a) Connect the cable to the negative (-) battery terminal, and wait for at least 2 seconds. (b) Turn the power switch ON (IG). (c) Measure the voltage of the wire harness side connector. Standard voltage Floor Wire F E D C B A Driver Side - Side Squib No. 1 Seat Airbag Wire Tester Connection Center Airbag Sensor Connector E S20 SFL- Connector D BC1 SFL+ C130807E01 S20-1 (SFL-) - Body ground Below 1 V S20-2 (SFL+) - Body ground Below 1 V (d) Turn the power switch OFF. (e) Disconnect the cable from the negative (-) battery terminal, and wait for at least 90 seconds. (f) Measure the resistance of the wire harness side connector. Standard resistance Tester Connection Specified Condition S20-2 (SFL+) - BC1-1 Below 1 Ω S20-1 (SFL-) - BC1-2 Below 1 Ω S20-2 (SFL+) - S20-1 (SFL-) 1 MΩ or higher S20-2 (SFL+) - Body ground 1 MΩ or higher S20-1 (SFL-) - Body ground 1 MΩ or higher NG OK REPAIR OR REPLACE FLOOR WIRE Specified Condition REPAIR OR REPLACE NO. 1 SEAT AIRBAG WIRE RS RS–138 RS SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM – AIRBAG SYSTEM DTC B1825/56 Short in Front Passenger Side - Side Squib Circuit DTC B1826/56 Open in Front Passenger Side - Side Squib Circuit DTC B1827/56 Short to GND in Front Passenger Side - Side Squib Circuit DTC B1828/56 Short to B+ in Front Passenger Side - Side Squib Circuit DESCRIPTION The front passenger side - side squib circuit consists of the center airbag sensor and the front seat side airbag RH. The circuit instructs the SRS to deploy when deployment conditions are met. These DTCs are recorded when a malfunction is detected in the front passenger side - side squib circuit. DTC No. DTC Detection Condition Trouble Area B1825/56 The center airbag sensor receives a line short signal 5 times from the front passenger side - side squib circuit during primary check. • • • • B1826/56 Center airbag sensor receives an open signal from the front passenger side - side squib circuit for 2 seconds. B1827/56 Center airbag sensor receives a short to ground signal from the front passenger side - side squib circuit for 0.5 seconds. • • • • • • • • B1828/56 Center airbag sensor receives a short to B+ signal from the front passenger side - side squib circuit for 0.5 seconds. • • • • No. 2 floor wire No. 2 seat airbag wire Front seat side airbag RH (Front passenger side side squib) Center airbag sensor No. 2 floor wire No. 2 seat airbag wire Front seat side airbag RH (Front passenger side side squib) Center airbag sensor No. 2 floor wire No. 2 seat airbag wire Front seat side airbag RH (Front passenger side side squib) Center airbag sensor No. 2 floor wire No. 2 seat airbag wire Front seat side airbag RH (Front passenger side side squib) Center airbag sensor SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM – AIRBAG SYSTEM RS–139 WIRING DIAGRAM RS Center Airbag Sensor Front Passenger Side - Side Squib SFR+ SFP+ SFR- SFP- H101119E16 INSPECTION PROCEDURE HINT: • Perform the simulation method by selecting the "CHECK MODE" (signal check) with the intelligent tester (see page RS-41). • After selecting the "CHECK MODE" (signal check), perform the simulation method by wiggling each connector of the airbag system or driving the vehicle on various types of roads (see page RS-41). RS–140 1 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM – AIRBAG SYSTEM CHECK FRONT SEAT SIDE AIRBAG ASSEMBLY RH (FRONT PASSENGER SIDE - SIDE SQUIB) RS F E DC Front Passenger Side - Side Squib Center Airbag Sensor Connector E SFR- SFR+ S21 SST DLC3 CG DTC 56 TC C128717E02 (a) Turn the power switch OFF. (b) Disconnect the cable from the negative (-) battery terminal, and wait for at least 90 seconds. (c) Disconnect the connector from the front seat side airbag RH. (d) Connect the black wire side of SST to connector E. CAUTION: Never connect SST to the front seat side airbag RH (front passenger side - side squib) for measurement, as this may lead to a serious injury due to airbag deployment. NOTICE: • Do not forcibly insert SST into the terminals of the connector when connecting. • Insert SST straight into the terminals of the connector. SST 09843-18060 (e) Connect the cable to the negative (-) battery terminal, and wait for at least 2 seconds. (f) Turn the power switch ON (IG), and wait for at least 60 seconds. (g) Clear the DTCs (see page RS-38). (h) Turn the power switch OFF. (i) Turn the power switch ON (IG), and wait for at least 60 seconds. (j) Check the DTCs (see page RS-38). OK: DTC B1825, B1826, B1827, B1828 or 56 is not output. HINT: DTCs other than DTC B1825, B1826, B1827, B1828 or 56 may be output at this time, but they are not related to this check. OK REPLACE FRONT SEAT ASSEMBLY RH NG 2 CHECK CONNECTOR (a) Turn the power switch OFF. (b) Disconnect the cable from the negative (-) battery terminal, and wait for at least 90 seconds. (c) Disconnect the SST from connector E. (d) Check that the No. 2 seat airbag wire connector (on the front passenger side - side squib) are not damaged. OK: Lock button is not disengaged, and claw of lock is not deformed or damaged. SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM – AIRBAG SYSTEM NG RS–141 REPAIR OR REPLACE NO. 2 SEAT AIRBAG WIRE OK 3 CHECK NO. 2 FLOOR WIRE (FRONT PASSENGER SIDE - SIDE SQUIB CIRCUIT) F E DC (a) Disconnect the connector from the center airbag sensor. (b) Connect the cable to the negative (-) battery terminal, and wait for at least 2 seconds. (c) Turn the power switch ON (IG). (d) Measure the voltage of the wire harness side connector. Standard voltage B A Front Passenger Side - Side Squib Tester Connection Center Airbag Sensor S21-1 (SFR-) - Body ground Below 1 V S21-2 (SFR+) - Body ground Below 1 V (e) Turn the power switch OFF. (f) Disconnect the cable from the negative (-) battery terminal, and wait for at least 90 seconds. (g) Measure the resistance of the wire harness side connector. Standard resistance Connector E SFR- Specified Condition SFR+ S21 Tester Connection Specified Condition S21-1 (SFR-) - S21-2 (SFR+) Below 1 Ω S21-1 (SFR-) - Body ground 1 MΩ or higher S21-2 (SFR+) - Body ground 1 MΩ or higher C128718E02 (h) Release the activation prevention mechanism built into connector B (see page RS-31). (i) Measure the resistance of the wire harness side connector. Standard resistance Tester connection Specified condition S21-1 (SFR-) - S21-2 (SFR+) 1 MΩ or higher OK NG REPLACE CENTER AIRBAG SENSOR ASSEMBLY RS RS–142 4 RS SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM – AIRBAG SYSTEM CHECK NO. 2 SEAT AIRBAG WIRE No. 2 Floor Wire No. 2 Seat Airbag Wire F E D C B A Center Airbag Sensor Front Passenger Side - Side Squib Connector E S21 SFR- Connector D BG1 SFR+ C130808E01 (a) Connect the cable to the negative (-) battery terminal, and wait for at least 2 seconds. (b) Turn the power switch OFF. (c) Measure the voltage of the wire harness side connector. Standard voltage Tester Connection Specified Condition S21-1 (SFR-) - Body ground Below 1 V S21-2 (SFR+) - Body ground Below 1 V (d) Turn the power switch OFF. (e) Disconnect the cable from the negative (-) battery terminal, and wait for at least 90 seconds. (f) Measure the resistance of the wire harness side connector. Standard resistance Tester Connection Specified Condition S21-1 (SFR-) - BG1-2 Below 1 Ω S21-2 (SFR+) - BG1-1 Below 1 Ω S21-1 (SFR-) - S21-2 (SFR+) 1 MΩ or higher S21-1 (SFR-) - Body ground 1 MΩ or higher S21-2 (SFR+) - Body ground 1 MΩ or higher NG OK REPAIR OR REPLACE NO. 2 FLOOR WIRE REPAIR OR REPLACE NO. 2 SEAT AIRBAG WIRE SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM – AIRBAG SYSTEM RS–143 DTC B1830/57 Short in Driver Side Curtain Shield Squib Circuit DTC B1831/57 Open in Driver Side Curtain Shield Squib Circuit DTC B1832/57 Short to GND in Driver Side Curtain Shield Squib Circuit DTC B1833/57 Short to B+ in Driver Side Curtain Shield Squib Circuit DESCRIPTION The driver side curtain shield squib circuit consists of the center airbag sensor and the curtain shield airbag LH. The circuit instructs the SRS to deploy when deployment conditions are met. These DTCs are recorded when a malfunction is detected in the driver side curtain shield squib circuit. DTC No. DTC Detection Condition Trouble Area B1830/57 Center airbag sensor receives a line short signal 5 times from the driver side curtain shield squib circuit during primary check. • • B1831/57 Center airbag sensor receives an open signal from the driver side curtain shield squib circuit for 2 seconds. • • B1832/57 Center airbag sensor receives a short to ground signal from the driver side curtain shield squib circuit for 0.5 seconds. • • B1833/57 Center airbag sensor receives a short to B+ signal from the driver side curtain shield squib circuit for 0.5 seconds. • • • • • • Floor wire Curtain shield airbag LH (Driver side curtain shield squib) Center airbag sensor Floor wire Curtain shield airbag LH (Driver side curtain shield squib) Center airbag sensor Floor wire Curtain shield airbag LH (Driver side curtain shield squib) Center airbag sensor Floor wire Curtain shield airbag LH (Driver side curtain shield squib) Center airbag sensor RS RS–144 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM – AIRBAG SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAM RS Center Airbag Sensor Driver Side Curtain Shield Squib IGL+ IGL- ICD+ ICD- H101119E17 INSPECTION PROCEDURE HINT: • Perform the simulation method by selecting the "CHECK MODE" (signal check) with the intelligent tester (see page RS-41). • After selecting the "CHECK MODE" (signal check), perform the simulation method by wiggling each connector of the airbag system or driving the vehicle on various types of roads (see page RS-41). SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM – AIRBAG SYSTEM 1 CHECK CURTAIN SHIELD AIRBAG ASSEMBLY LH (DRIVER SIDE CURTAIN SHIELD SQUIB) D C Driver Side Curtain Shield Squib Center Airbag Sensor Connector C C17 SST DLC3 CG RS–145 DTC 57 TC C130809E01 (a) Turn the power switch OFF. (b) Disconnect the cable from the negative (-) battery terminal, and wait for at least 90 seconds. (c) Disconnect the connector from the curtain shield airbag LH. (d) Connect the white wire side of SST to connector C. CAUTION: Never connect SST to the curtain shield airbag LH (driver side curtain shield squib) for measurement, as this may lead to a serious injury due to airbag deployment. NOTICE: • Do not forcibly insert SST into the terminals of the connector when connecting. • Insert SST straight into the terminals of the connector. SST 09843-18060 (e) Connect the cable to the negative (-) battery terminal, and wait for at least 2 seconds. (f) Turn the power switch ON (IG), and wait for at least 60 seconds. (g) Clear the DTCs (see page RS-38). (h) Turn the power switch OFF. (i) Turn the power switch ON (IG), and wait for at least 60 seconds. (j) Check the DTCs (see page RS-38). OK: DTC B1830, B1831, B1832, B1833 or 57 is not output. HINT: DTCs other than DTC B1830, B1831, B1832, B1833 or 57 may be output at this time, but they are not related to this check. OK REPLACE CURTAIN SHIELD AIRBAG ASSEMBLY LH NG 2 CHECK CONNECTOR (a) Turn the power switch OFF. (b) Disconnect the cable from the negative (-) battery terminal, and wait for at least 90 seconds. (c) Disconnect the SST from connector C. (d) Check that the floor wire connector (on the curtain shield LH side) is not damaged. OK: Lock button is not disengaged, and claw of lock is not deformed or damaged. RS RS–146 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM – AIRBAG SYSTEM NG REPAIR OR REPLACE FLOOR WIRE OK RS 3 CHECK FLOOR WIRE (DRIVER SIDE CURTAIN SHIELD SQUIB CIRCUIT) D C (a) Disconnect the connector from the center airbag sensor. (b) Connect the cable to the negative (-) battery terminal, and wait for at least 2 seconds. (c) Turn the power switch ON (IG). (d) Measure the voltage of the wire harness side connector. Standard voltage B A Floor Wire Center Airbag Sensor Driver Side Curtain Shield Squib Specified Condition C17-1 (IGL+) - Body ground Below 1 V C17-2 (IGL-) - Body ground Below 1 V (e) Turn the power switch OFF. (f) Disconnect the cable from the negative (-) battery terminal, and wait for at least 90 seconds. (g) Measure the resistance of the wire harness side connector. Standard resistance Connector C C17 IGL+ Tester Connection IGL- Tester Connection Specified Condition C17-1 (IGL+) - C17-2 (IGL-) Below 1 Ω C17-1 (IGL+) - Body ground 1 MΩ or higher C17-2 (IGL-) - Body ground 1 MΩ or higher C130810E01 (h) Release the activation prevention mechanism built into connector B (see page RS-31). (i) Measure the resistance of the wire harness side connector. Standard resistance Tester Connection Specified Condition C17-1 (IGL+) - C17-2 (IGL-) 1 MΩ or higher NG OK REPLACE CENTER AIRBAG SENSOR ASSEMBLY REPAIR OR REPLACE FLOOR WIRE SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM – AIRBAG SYSTEM RS–147 DTC B1835/58 Short in Front Passenger Side Curtain Shield Squib Circuit DTC B1836/58 Open in Front Passenger Side Curtain Shield Squib Circuit DTC B1837/58 Short to GND in Front Passenger Side Curtain Shield Squib Circuit DTC B1838/58 Short to B+ in Front Passenger Side Curtain Shield Squib Circuit DESCRIPTION The front passenger side curtain shield squib circuit consists of the center airbag sensor and the curtain shield airbag RH. The circuit instructs the SRS to deploy when deployment conditions are met. These DTCs are recorded when a malfunction is detected in the front passenger side curtain shield squib circuit. DTC No. DTC Detection Condition Trouble Area B1835/58 Center airbag sensor receives a line short circuit signal 5 times from the front passenger side curtain shield squib circuit during primary check. • • • B1836/58 Center airbag sensor receives an open signal from the front passenger side curtain shield squib circuit for 2 seconds. • • • B1837/58 Center airbag sensor receives a short to ground signal from the front passenger side curtain shield squib circuit for 0.5 seconds. • • • B1838/58 Center airbag sensor receives a short to B+ signal from the front passenger side curtain shield squib circuit for 0.5 seconds. • • • No. 2 floor wire Curtain shield airbag RH (Front passenger side curtain shield squib) Center airbag sensor No. 2 floor wire Curtain shield airbag RH (Front passenger side curtain shield squib) Center airbag sensor No. 2 floor wire Curtain shield airbag RH (Front passenger side curtain shield squib) Center airbag sensor No. 2 floor wire Curtain shield airbag RH (Front passenger side curtain shield squib) Center airbag sensor RS RS–148 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM – AIRBAG SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAM RS Center Airbag Sensor Front Passenger Side Curtain Shield Squib IGR+ IGR- ICP+ ICP- H101119E18 INSPECTION PROCEDURE HINT: • Perform the simulation method by selecting the "CHECK MODE" (signal check) with the intelligent tester (see page RS-41). • After selecting the "CHECK MODE" (signal check), perform the simulation method by wiggling each connector of the airbag system or driving the vehicle on various types of roads (see page RS-41). SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM – AIRBAG SYSTEM 1 RS–149 CHECK CURTAIN SHIELD AIRBAG ASSEMBLY RH (FRONT PASSENGER SIDE CURTAIN SHIELD SQUIB) D C Front Passenger Side Curtain Shield Squib Center Airbag Sensor Connector C C18 SST DLC3 CG DTC 58 TC C C114827E05 (a) Turn the power switch OFF. (b) Disconnect the cable from the negative (-) battery terminal, and wait for at least 90 seconds. (c) Disconnect the connectors from the curtain shield airbag RH. (d) Connect the white wire side of SST (resistance 2.1 Ω) to connector C. CAUTION: Never connect SST to the curtain shield airbag RH (front passenger side curtain shield squib) for measurement, as this may lead to a serious injury due to airbag deployment. NOTICE: • Do not forcibly insert SST into the terminals of the connector when connecting. • Insert SST straight into the terminals of the connector. SST 09843-18060 (e) Connect the cable to the negative (-) battery terminal, and wait for at least 2 seconds. (f) Turn the power switch ON (IG), and wait for at least 60 seconds. (g) Clear the DTCs (see page RS-38). (h) Turn the power switch OFF. (i) Turn the power switch ON (IG), and wait for at least 60 seconds. (j) Check the DTCs (see page RS-38). OK: DTC B1835, B1836, B1837, B1838 or 58 is not output. HINT: DTCs other than DTC B1835, B1836, B1837, B1838 or 58 may be output at this time, but they are not related to this check. OK REPLACE CURTAIN SHIELD AIRBAG ASSEMBLY RH NG 2 CHECK CONNECTOR (a) Turn the power switch OFF. (b) Disconnect the cable from the negative (-) battery terminal, and wait for at least 90 seconds. (c) Disconnect the SST from connector C. (d) Check that the floor wire connector (on the curtain shield airbag RH side) are not damaged. RS RS–150 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM – AIRBAG SYSTEM OK: Lock button is not disengaged, and claw of lock is not deformed or damaged. NG REPAIR OR REPLACE FLOOR WIRE OK RS 3 CHECK FLOOR WIRE (FRONT PASSENGER SIDE CURTAIN SHIELD SQUIB CIRCUIT) No. 2 Floor Wire A D C B Center Airbag Sensor Front Passenger Side Curtain Shield Squib IGR- C18 C Tester Connection Specified Condition C18-1 (IGR+) - Body ground Below 1 V C18-2 (IGR-) - Body ground Below 1 V (e) Turn the power switch OFF. (f) Disconnect the cable from the negative (-) battery terminal, and wait for at least 90 seconds. (g) Measure the resistance of the wire harness side connector. Standard resistance Connector C IGR+ (a) Disconnect the connectors from the center airbag sensor. (b) Connect the cable to the negative (-) battery terminal, and wait for at least 2 seconds. (c) Turn the power switch ON (IG). (d) Measure the voltage of the wire harness side connector. Standard voltage C111666E23 Tester Connection Specified Condition C18-1 (IGR+) - C18-2 (IGR-) Below 1 Ω C18-1 (IGR+) - Body ground 1 MΩ or higher C18-2 (IGR-) - Body ground 1 MΩ or higher (h) Release the activation prevention mechanism built into connector B (see page RS-31). (i) Measure the resistance of the wire harness side connector. Standard resistance Tester Connection Specified Condition C18-1 (IGR+) - C18-2 (IGR-) 1 MΩ or higher NG OK REPLACE CENTER AIRBAG SENSOR ASSEMBLY REPAIR OR REPLACE FLOOR WIRE SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM – AIRBAG SYSTEM RS–151 DTC B1900/73 Short in Driver Side Front Pretensioner Squib Circuit DTC B1901/73 Open in Driver Side Front Pretensioner Squib Circuit DTC B1902/73 Short to GND in Driver Side Front Pretensioner Squib Circuit DTC B1903/73 Short to B+ in Driver Side Front Pretensioner Squib Circuit DESCRIPTION The driver side front pretensioner squib circuit consists of the center airbag sensor and the front seat outer belt LH. This circuit instructs the SRS to deploy when deployment conditions are met. These DTCs are recorded when a malfunction is detected in the front pretensioner squib circuit. DTC No. DTC Detection Condition Trouble Area B1900/73 Center airbag sensor receives a line short signal 5 times from the driver side front pretensioner squib circuit during primary check. • • B1901/73 Center airbag sensor receives an open signal from the driver side front pretensioner squib circuit for 2 seconds. • • B1902/73 Center airbag sensor receives a short to ground signal from the driver side front pretensioner squib circuit for 0.5 seconds. • • B1903/73 Center airbag sensor receives a short circuit to B+ signal from the driver side front pretensioner squib circuit for 0.5 seconds. • • • • • • Floor wire Front seat outer belt LH (Driver side front pretensioner squib) Center airbag sensor Floor wire Front seat outer belt LH (Driver side front pretensioner squib) Center airbag sensor Floor wire Front seat outer belt LH (Driver side front pretensioner squib) Center airbag sensor Floor wire Front seat outer belt LH (Driver side front pretensioner squib) Center airbag sensor RS RS–152 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM – AIRBAG SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAM RS Center Airbag Sensor Driver Side Front Pretensioner Squib L+ L- PD+ PD- H101119E19 INSPECTION PROCEDURE HINT: • Perform the simulation method by selecting the "CHECK MODE" (signal check) with the intelligent tester (see page RS-41). • After selecting the "CHECK MODE" (signal check), perform the simulation method by wiggling each connector of the airbag system or driving the vehicle on various types of roads (see page RS-41). SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM – AIRBAG SYSTEM 1 RS–153 CHECK FRONT SEAT OUTER BELT ASSEMBLY LH (DRIVER SIDE FRONT PRETENSIONER SQUIB) D C Driver Side Front Pretensioner Squib Center Airbag Sensor Connector C P22 SST DLC3 DTC 73 CG TC C130811E01 (a) Turn the power switch OFF. (b) Disconnect the cable from the negative (-) battery terminal, and wait for at least 90 seconds. (c) Disconnect the connectors from the front seat outer belt LH. (d) Connect the white wire side of SST to connector C. CAUTION: Never connect SST to the front seat outer belt LH (driver side front pretensioner squib) for measurement, as this may lead to a serious injury due to airbag deployment. NOTICE: • Do not forcibly insert SST into the terminals of the connector when connecting. • Insert SST straight into the terminals of the connector. SST 09843-18060 (e) Connect the cable to the negative (-) battery terminal, and wait for at least 2 seconds. (f) Turn the power switch ON (IG), and wait for at least 60 seconds. (g) Clear the DTCs (see page RS-38). (h) Turn the power switch OFF. (i) Turn the power switch ON (IG), and wait for at least 60 seconds. (j) Check the DTCs (see page RS-38). OK: DTC B1900, B1901, B1902, B1903 or 73 is not output. HINT: DTCs other than DTC B1900, B1901, B1902, B1903 or 73 may be output at this time, but they are not related to this check. OK REPLACE FRONT SEAT OUTER BELT ASSEMBLY LH NG 2 CHECK CONNECTOR (a) Turn the power switch OFF. (b) Disconnect the cable from the negative (-) battery terminal, and wait for at least 90 seconds. (c) Disconnect the SST from connector C. (d) Check that the floor wire connector (on the driver side front seat outer belt) is not damaged. OK: The lock button is not disengaged, or the claw of the lock is not deformed or damaged. RS RS–154 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM – AIRBAG SYSTEM NG REPAIR OR REPLACE FLOOR WIRE OK RS 3 CHECK FLOOR WIRE (DRIVER SIDE FRONT PRETENSIONER SQUIB CIRCUIT) (a) Disconnect the connector from the center airbag sensor. (b) Connect the cable to the negative (-) battery terminal, and wait for at least 2 seconds. (c) Turn the power switch ON (IG). (d) Measure the voltage of the wire harness side connector. Standard voltage Floor Wire D C B A Driver Side Front Pretensioner Squib Center Airbag Sensor Specified Condition P22-1 (L+) - Body ground Below 1 V P22-2 (L-) - Body ground Below 1 V (e) Turn the power switch OFF. (f) Disconnect the cable from the negative (-) battery terminal, and wait for at least 90 seconds. (g) Measure the resistance of the wire harness side connector. Standard resistance Connector C P22 L+ Tester Connection L- Tester Connection Specified Condition P22-1 (L+) - P22-2 (L-) Below 1 Ω P22-1 (L+) - Body ground 1 MΩ or higher P22-2 (L-) - Body ground 1 MΩ or higher C130812E01 (h) Release the activation prevention mechanism built into connector B (see page RS-31). (i) Measure the resistance of the wire harness side connector. Standard resistance Tester Connection Specified Condition P22-1 (L+) - P22-2 (L-) 1 MΩ or higher NG OK REPLACE CENTER AIRBAG SENSOR ASSEMBLY REPAIR OR REPLACE FLOOR WIRE SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM – AIRBAG SYSTEM RS–155 DTC B1905/74 Short in Front Passenger Side Front Pretensioner Squib Circuit DTC B1906/74 Open in Front Passenger Side Front Pretensioner Squib Circuit DTC B1907/74 Short to GND in Front Passenger Side Front Pretensioner Squib Circuit DTC B1908/74 Short to B+ in Front Passenger Side Front Pretensioner Squib Circuit DESCRIPTION The front passenger side front pretensioner squib circuit consists of the center airbag sensor and the front seat outer belt RH. This circuit instructs the SRS to deploy when deployment conditions are met. These DTCs are recorded when a malfunction is detected in the front passenger side front pretensioner squib circuit. DTC No. DTC Detection Condition Trouble Area B1905/74 Center airbag sensor receives a line short signal 5 times from the front passenger side front pretensioner squib circuit during primary check. • • • B1906/74 Center airbag sensor receives an open signal from the front passenger side front pretensioner squib circuit for 2 seconds. • • • B1907/74 Center airbag sensor receives a short to ground signal from the front passenger side front pretensioner squib circuit for 0.5 seconds. • • • B1908/74 Center airbag sensor receives a short to B+ signal from the front passenger side front pretensioner squib circuit for 0.5 seconds. • • • No. 2 floor wire Front seat outer belt RH (Front passenger side front pretensioner squib) Center airbag sensor No. 2 floor wire Front seat outer belt RH (Front passenger side front pretensioner squib) Center airbag sensor No. 2 floor wire Front seat outer belt RH (Front passenger side front pretensioner squib) Center airbag sensor No. 2 floor wire Front seat outer belt RH (Front passenger side front pretensioner squib) Center airbag sensor RS RS–156 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM – AIRBAG SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAM RS Center Airbag Sensor Front Passenger Side Front Pretensioner Squib R+ R- PP+ PP- H101119E20 INSPECTION PROCEDURE HINT: • Perform the simulation method by selecting the "CHECK MODE" (signal check) with the intelligent tester (see page RS-41). • After selecting the "CHECK MODE" (signal check), perform the simulation method by wiggling each connector of the airbag system or driving the vehicle on various types of roads (see page RS-41). SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM – AIRBAG SYSTEM 1 CHECK FRONT SEAT OUTER BELT ASSEMBLY RH (FRONT PASSENGER SIDE FRONT PRETENSIONER SQUIB) D C Front Passenger Side Front Pretensioner Squib Center Airbag Sensor Connector C P23 DLC3 CG RS–157 SST DTC 74 TC C C109514E13 (a) Turn the power switch OFF. (b) Disconnect the cable from the negative (-) battery terminal, and wait for at least 90 seconds. (c) Disconnect the connectors from the front seat outer belt RH. (d) Connect the white wire side of SST to connector C. CAUTION: Never connect SST to the front seat outer belt RH (front passenger side front pretensioner squib) for measurement, as this may lead to a serious injury due to airbag deployment. NOTICE: • Do not forcibly insert SST into the terminals of the connector when connecting. • Insert SST straight into the terminals of the connector. SST 09843-18060 (e) Connect the cable to the negative (-) battery terminal, and wait for at least 2 seconds. (f) Turn the power switch ON (IG), and wait for at least 60 seconds. (g) Clear the DTCs (see page RS-38). (h) Turn the power switch OFF. (i) Turn the power switch ON (IG), and wait for at least 60 seconds. (j) Check the DTCs (see page RS-38). OK: DTC B1905, B1906, B1907, B1908 or 74 is not output. HINT: DTCs other than DTC B1905, B1906, B1907, B1908 or 74 may be output at this time, but they are not related to this check. OK REPLACE FRONT SEAT OUTER BELT ASSEMBLY RH NG 2 CHECK CONNECTOR (a) Turn the power switch OFF. (b) Disconnect the cable from the negative (-) battery terminal, and wait for at least 90 seconds. (c) Disconnect the SST from connector C. (d) Check that the floor wire connector (on the front seat outer belt RH side) is not damaged. OK: Lock button is not disengaged, or the claw of the lock is not deformed or damaged. RS RS–158 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM – AIRBAG SYSTEM NG REPAIR OR REPLACE NO. 2 FLOOR WIRE OK 3 RS CHECK NO. 2 FLOOR WIRE (FRONT PASSENGER SIDE FRONT PRETENSIONER SQUIB CIRCUIT) (a) Disconnect the connectors from the center airbag sensor. (b) Connect the cable to the negative (-) battery terminal, and wait for at least 2 seconds. (c) Measure the voltage of the wire harness side connector. Standard voltage No. 2 Floor Wire A D C B Center Airbag Sensor Front Passenger Side Front Pretensioner Squib R- P23 C Specified Condition P23-1 (R+) - Body ground Below 1 V P23-2 (R-) - Body ground Below 1 V (d) Turn the power switch OFF. (e) Disconnect the cable from the negative (-) battery terminal, and wait for at least 90 seconds. (f) Measure the resistance of the wire harness side connector. Standard resistance Connector C R+ Tester Connection Tester Connection Specified Condition P23-1 (R+) - P23-2 (R-) Below 1 Ω P23-1 (R+) - Body ground 1 MΩ or higher P23-2 (R-) - Body ground 1 MΩ or higher C114784E07 (g) Release the activation prevention mechanism built into connector B (see page RS-31). (h) Measure the resistance of the wire harness side connector. Standard resistance Tester Connection Specified Condition P23-1 (R+) - P23-2 (R-) 1 MΩ or higher NG OK REPLACE CENTER AIRBAG SENSOR ASSEMBLY REPAIR OR REPLACE NO. 2 FLOOR WIRE RS–159 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM – AIRBAG SYSTEM Source Voltage Drop DESCRIPTION The SRS is equipped with a voltage-increase circuit (DC-DC converter) in the center airbag sensor in case the source voltage drops. When the source voltage drops, the voltage-increase circuit (DC-DC converter) functions to increase the voltage of the SRS to a normal working level. When a malfunction occurs in this circuit, no DTCs are output (a normal system code is output). If a source voltage drop occurs, the SRS warning light comes on. A malfunction in this circuit is not recorded in the center airbag sensor. The SRS warning light automatically goes off when the source voltage returns to normal. WIRING DIAGRAM Center Airbag Sensor IGN from Battery IG2 E1 E2 C131001E02 RS RS–160 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM – AIRBAG SYSTEM INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1 CHECK WIRE HARNESS (CENTER AIRBAG SENSOR - BATTERY) A18 RS IG2 G027651E31 (a) Turn the power switch OFF. (b) Disconnect the cable from the negative (-) battery terminal, and wait for at least 90 seconds. (c) Disconnect the connectors from the center airbag sensor. (d) Connect the cable to the negative (-) battery terminal, and wait for at least 2 seconds. (e) Measure the voltage of the wire harness side connector. Standard voltage Tester Connection Condition Specified Condition A18-21 (IG2) - Body ground Power switch ON (IG) 11 to 14 V NG REPAIR OR REPLACE HARNESS AND CONNECTOR, CHARGING SYSTEM AND BATTERY OK 2 CHECK WIRE HARNESS (CENTER AIRBAG SENSOR - BODY GROUND) (a) Measure the resistance of the wire harness side connector. Standard resistance A18 E2 Tester Connection Specified Condition A18-25 (E1) - Body ground Below 1 Ω A18-26 (E2) - Body ground Below 1 Ω NG E1 G027651E32 REPAIR OR REPLACE HARNESS AND CONNECTOR OK 3 CHECK SRS WARNING LIGHT (a) Turn the power switch OFF. (b) Disconnect the cable from the negative (-) battery terminal, and wait for at least 90 seconds. (c) Connect the center airbag sensor connector. (d) Connect the cable to the negative (-) battery terminal, and wait for at least 2 seconds. (e) Turn the power switch ON (IG), and wait for at least 6 seconds. (f) Operate all components of the electrical system (defogger, wiper, headlight, heater, blower, etc.) and check that the SRS warning light does not come on. SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM – AIRBAG SYSTEM RS–161 OK: SRS warning light does not come on. NG OK END REPLACE CENTER AIRBAG SENSOR ASSEMBLY RS RS–162 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM – AIRBAG SYSTEM SRS Warning Light Remains ON DESCRIPTION RS The SRS warning light is located on the combination meter. When the power switch is turned from OFF to ON (IG), the SRS warning light illuminates. If the SRS is normal, the SRS warning light turns OFF automatically after approximately 6 seconds. If there is a malfunction in the SRS, the SRS warning light remains illuminated even after approximately 6 seconds have passed. When terminals TC and CG of the DLC3 are connected, the DTCs are communicated through SRS warning light blinking patterns. WIRING DIAGRAM Combination Meter from DOME Fuse B from GAUGE Fuse IG+ ET Center Airbag Sensor from IGN Fuse IG2 E1 LA LA E2 C130816E01 INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1 INSPECT BATTERY (a) Measure the voltage of the battery. Standard voltage: 11 to 14 V SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM – AIRBAG SYSTEM NG RS–163 RECHARGE OR REPLACE BATTERY OK 2 CHECK CONNECTION OF CONNECTOR RS (a) Disconnect the cable from the negative (-) battery terminal, and wait for at least 90 seconds. (b) Check that the connector is properly connected to the center airbag sensor. OK: Connector is connected. NG CONNECT CONNECTOR OK 3 PREPARE FOR INSPECTION CAUTION: Be sure to perform the following procedures before troubleshooting to avoid unexpected airbag deployment. (a) Disconnect the connector from the center airbag sensor. (b) Disconnect the connector from the steering pad connector. NEXT 4 CHECK CENTER AIRBAG SENSOR ASSEMBLY Wire Harness Side A18 E1 IG2 H100389E13 (a) Connect the cable to the negative (-) battery terminal, and wait for at least 2 seconds. (b) Turn the power switch ON (IG). (c) Measure the voltage and resistance of the wire harness side connector. Standard voltage Tester Connection Specified Condition A18-21 (IG2) - Body ground 8 to 14 V Standard resistance Tester Connection Specified Condition A18-25 (E1) - Body ground Below 1 Ω NG OK REPAIR OR REPLACE HARNESS AND CONNECTOR RS–164 5 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM – AIRBAG SYSTEM CHECK COMBINATION METER ASSEMBLY (POWER SOURCE) (a) Disconnect the C10 meter connector. (b) Turn the power switch ON (IG). (c) Measure the voltage of the wire harness side connector. Standard voltage Wire Harness Side RS C10 Tester Connection Specified Condition C10-21 - Body ground 8 to 14 V NG H100390E02 REPAIR OR REPLACE HARNESS AND CONNECTOR OK 6 CHECK WIRE HARNESS (CENTER AIRBAG SENSOR - COMBINATION METER) (a) Disconnect the A18 sensor connector. (b) Disconnect the C10 meter connector. (c) Measure the resistance of the wire harness side connectors. Standard resistance Wire Harness Side Center Airbag Sensor LA Tester Connection Specified Condition A18-14 (LA) - C10-11 Below 1 Ω A18 NG REPAIR OR REPLACE HARNESS AND CONNECTOR Combination Meter C10 H100391E09 OK 7 CHECK SRS WARNING LIGHT (OPERATION) (a) Disconnect the A18 ECU connector with the C10 meter connector connected. (b) Turn the power switch ON (IG). (c) Check that the warning light illuminates for 6 seconds after turning the power switch ON (IG). OK: Warning light illuminates for 6 seconds after turning power switch ON (IG). SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM – AIRBAG SYSTEM NG RS–165 REPLACE COMBINATION METER ASSEMBLY OK 8 RS CHECK CENTER AIRBAG SENSOR ASSEMBLY (a) Disconnect the A18 sensor connector. (b) Turn the power switch ON (IG). (c) Measure the voltage of the wire harness side connector. Standard voltage Wire Harness Side A18 Tester Connection Specified Condition A18-14 (LA) - Body ground 8 to 14 V NG LA H100389E14 REPAIR OR REPLACE HARNESS AND CONNECTOR OK 9 REPLACE CENTER AIRBAG SENSOR ASSEMBLY (a) Replace the center airbag sensor. (b) Check that the SRS warning light illuminates normally. OK: SRS warning light illuminates normally. NG OK END REPLACE COMBINATION METER ASSEMBLY RS–166 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM – AIRBAG SYSTEM SRS Warning Light does not Come ON DESCRIPTION RS The SRS warning light is located on the combination meter. When the power switch is turned from OFF to ON (IG), the SRS warning light illuminates. If the SRS is normal, the SRS warning light turns off automatically after approximately 6 seconds. If there is a malfunction in the SRS, the SRS warning light remains illuminated even after approximately 6 seconds have passed. When terminals TC and CG of the DLC3 are connected, the DTCs are communicated through SRS warning light blinking patterns. WIRING DIAGRAM Combination Meter from DOME Fuse B from GAUGE Fuse IG+ ET Center Airbag Sensor from IGN Fuse IG2 E1 LA LA E2 C130816E01 INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1 CHECK CONNECTION OF CONNECTORS (a) Disconnect the cable from the negative (-) battery terminal, and wait for at least 90 seconds. (b) Check that the connectors are properly connected to the center airbag sensor and combination meter. SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM – AIRBAG SYSTEM RS–167 OK: Connectors are connected. NG CONNECT CONNECTORS OK RS 2 CHECK COMBINATION METER ASSEMBLY (a) Disconnect the C10 meter connector. (b) Turn the power switch ON (IG). (c) Measure the voltage of the wire harness side connector. Standard voltage Wire Harness Side C10 Tester Connection Specified Condition C10-21 - Body ground 8 to 14 V NG H100390E02 REPAIR OR REPLACE HARNESS AND CONNECTOR OK 3 CHECK SRS WARNING LIGHT (OPERATION) (a) Disconnect the A18 sensor connector with the C10 meter connector connected. (b) Turn the power switch ON (IG). (c) Check that the warning light illuminates for 6 seconds after turning the power switch ON (IG). OK: Warning light illuminates for 6 seconds after turning power switch ON (IG). NG REPLACE COMBINATION METER ASSEMBLY OK 4 REPLACE CENTER AIRBAG SENSOR ASSEMBLY (a) Replace the center airbag sensor. (b) Check that the SRS warning light illuminates normally. OK: SRS warning light illuminates normally. NG OK END REPLACE COMBINATION METER ASSEMBLY RS–168 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM – AIRBAG SYSTEM TC and CG Terminal Circuit DESCRIPTION RS DTC output mode is set by connecting terminals TC and CG of the DLC3. The DTCs are communicated through SRS warning light blinking patterns. HINT: When one or more of the warning lights blinks continuously, the cause may be a ground short in the wiring of terminal TC of the DLC3 or an internal ground short in each ECU. WIRING DIAGRAM Skid Control ECU with Actuator TC Center Airbag Sensor TC ECM TC DLC3 TC CG H101256E03 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM – AIRBAG SYSTEM RS–169 INSPECTION PROCEDURE CAUTION: Be sure to perform the following procedures before troubleshooting to avoid unexpected airbag deployment. 1. Turn the power switch OFF. 2. Disconnect the cable from the negative (-) battery terminal, and wait for at least 90 seconds. 1 CHECK WIRE HARNESS (DLC3 - CENTER AIRBAG SENSOR AND BODY GROUND) (a) Disconnect the A18 sensor connector. (b) Measure the resistance of the wire harness side connectors. Standard resistance Wire Harness Side DLC3 Tester Connection D1 Specified Condition D1-13 (TC) - A18-15 (TC) Below 1 Ω D1-4 (CG) - Body ground Below 1 Ω A18-15 (TC) - Body ground 1 MΩ or higher TC CG NG Center Airbag Sensor A18 TC H100393E06 OK REPLACE CENTER AIRBAG SENSOR ASSEMBLY REPAIR OR REPLACE HARNESS AND CONNECTOR RS SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM – OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM RS–169 OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM PRECAUTION 1. 2. INSPECTION PROCEDURE FOR VEHICLE INVOLVED IN ACCIDENT (a) Perform the zero point calibration and sensitivity check if any of the following conditions apply. • The occupant classification ECU is replaced. • Accessories (seatback tray and seat cover, etc.) are installed. • The front passenger seat is removed from the vehicle. • The passenger airbag ON/OFF indicator (OFF) comes on when the front passenger seat is not occupied. • The vehicle is brought to the workshop for repair due to an accident or a collision. NOTICE: When a vehicle involved in an accident is brought into the workshop for repair, check the flatness of the floor where the front passenger seat is mounted. If the flatness is not within +3.0 mm (+-0.118 in.), adjust it to the specified range. NOTICE FOR INITIALIZATION When disconnecting the negative (-) battery terminal, initialize the following system after the terminal is reconnected. System Name See page Power Window Control System IN-32 3. NOTICE FOR HYBRID SYSTEM ACTIVATION • When the warning light is illuminated or the battery has been disconnected and reconnected, pressing the power switch may not start the system on the first try. If so, press the power switch again. • With the power switch's power mode changed to ON (IG), disconnect the battery. If the key not in the key slot during reconnection, DTC B2799 may be output. RS RS–170 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM – OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM PARTS LOCATION RS PASSENGER AIRBAG ON / OFF INDICATOR #+4$#) 1(( 10 FRONT OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION SENSOR LH 2#55'0)'4 FRONT OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION SENSOR RH CENTER AIRBAG SENSOR ASSEMBLY FRONT SEAT INNER BELT ASSEMBLY REAR OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION SENSOR RH REAR OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION SENSOR LH OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION ECU C128660E01 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM – OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM RS–171 SYSTEM DIAGRAM Front Seat Inner Belt Assembly RH (Buckle Switch RH) RS Front Occupant Classification Sensor LH Occupant Classification ECU Front Occupant Classification Sensor RH Rear Occupant Classification Sensor LH Rear Occupant Classification Sensor RH DLC3 Center Airbag Sensor Passenger Airbag ON / OFF Indicator H100928E04 RS–172 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM – OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM SYSTEM DESCRIPTION 1. RS Passenger Airbag ON/OFF Indicator Front Passenger Airbag GENERAL (a) The front passenger occupant classification system judges whether the front passenger seat is occupied or not in accordance with the seat belt buckle status; and whether the seat is occupied by an adult or child (with child seat) in accordance with the load that is applied to the front passenger seat. Thus, when appropriate, it restricts the deployment of the front passenger airbag, front passenger side airbag, and the front passenger seat belt pretensioner. In addition, the system informs the driver of the result of the judgment through the use of the airbag ON/ OFF indicator. Occupant Classification Sensor Occupant Classification ECU *1 Center Airbag Sensor Assembly Front Passenger Side Front Seat Side Airbag *2 Front Passenger Side Front Seat Outer Belt (Seat Belt Pretensioner) Seat Belt Buckle Switch DLC3 *3 Unoccupied judgment: *1, *2 and *3 are deactivated Combination Meter (SRS Warning Light) Child or child seat judgment: *1 and *2 are deactivated C130895E04 2. Component MAIN COMPONENTS Description Occupant Classification Sensor Outputs voltages to occupant classification ECU in accordance with load applied to sensor Occupant Classification ECU Constantly monitors weight of front passenger seat load, and judges occupancy condition in accordance with signals from occupant classification sensors and seat belt buckle switch Passenger Airbag ON / OFF Indicator Passenger airbag ON indicator illuminates when front passenger and front passenger side airbags activated. Airbag OFF indicator illuminates when front passenger and front passenger side airbags deactivated. Seat Belt Buckle Switch Detects whether seat belt is fastened and outputs appropriate signals to occupant classification ECU SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM – OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM RS–173 HOW TO PROCEED WITH TROUBLESHOOTING HINT: • Use the following procedures to troubleshoot the occupant classification system. • *: Use the intelligent tester. 1 VEHICLE BROUGHT TO WORKSHOP NEXT 2 PASSENGER AIRBAG ON/OFF INDICATOR CHECK NEXT 3 DTC CHECK (Present and Past DTC)* (a) Check for DTCs (see page RS-182 ). Result Result Proceed to DTC is output. A DTC is not output. B B GO TO PROBLEM SYMPTOMS TABLE A 4 DTC CHART NEXT 5 REPAIR OR REPLACEMENT NEXT 6 DTC CLEARANCE (Present and Past DTCs)* (a) Clear the DTCs (see page RS-182). NEXT 7 DTC CHECK (Present and Past DTCs)* (a) Check for DTCs (see page RS-182 ). RS RS–174 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM – OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM Result Result RS Proceed to DTC is not output. A DTC is output. B B Go to step 5 A 8 PROBLEM SYMPTOMS SIMULATION (a) Check the passenger airbag ON/OFF indicator condition (see page RS-179). Result Result Proceed to Passenger airbag ON/OFF indicator is operating normally. A Passenger airbag ON/OFF indicator (OFF) is not operating normally. B B A 9 NEXT END CONFIRMATION TEST Go to step 5 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM – OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM RS–175 INITIALIZATION 1. ZERO POINT CALIBRATION NOTICE: Make sure that the front passenger seat is not occupied before performing the operation. HINT: Perform the zero point calibration and sensitivity check if any of the following conditions apply. • The occupant classification ECU is replaced. • Accessories (seat cover, etc.) are installed. • The front passenger seat is removed from the vehicle. • The passenger airbag ON / OFF indicator (OFF) comes on when the front passenger seat is not occupied. • The vehicle is brought to the workshop for repair due to an accident or a collision. (a) Zero point calibration and sensitivity check procedures: HINT: Make sure that the zero point calibration has finished normally, and then perform the sensitivity check. (1) Adjust the seat position in accordance with the table below. Adjustment Item Position Slide Direction Rearmost position Reclining Angle Upright position Headrest Height Lowest position Lifter Height Lowest position (2) Connect the intelligent tester (with CAN VIM) to the DLC3. (3) Turn the power switch ON (IG). Intelligent Tester DLC3 CAN VIM B126098E01 RS RS–176 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM – OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM (4) Perform the zero point calibration by following the prompts on the tester screen. ZERO POINT CALIBRATION PROCEDURE 1: DIAGNOSIS - 1: OBD/MOBD - MODEL YEAR - MODEL SELECTION - 9: OCCUPANT DETECT Refer to the following screen flowchart. RS ZERO CALIBRATION Perform sensitivity check. Perform DTC check and repair. Sensor information is shown as OK, MAX. or MIN. in [ ]. If MAX. or MIN. is displayed, replace front seat outer belt assembly. C C113452E11 HINT: Refer to the intelligent tester operator's manual for further details. SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM – OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM RS–177 OK: COMPLETED is displayed. (5) Perform the sensitivity check by following the prompts on the tester screen. (6) Confirm that the beginning sensor reading is within the standard range. Standard range: -3.2 to 3.2 kg (-7 to 7 lb) (7) Place a 30 kg (66.14 lb) weight (e.g. a lead mass) onto the front passenger seat. (8) Confirm that the sensitivity is within the standard range. SENSITIVITY CHECK PROCEDURE 1: DIAGNOSIS 1: OBD/MOBD MODEL YEAR MODEL SELECTION 9: OCCUPANT DETECT . *1: The unit can be changed by entering the following menu items on an intelligent tester. P [Unit Selection Screen] . 1: DIAGNOSIS 9: SETUP 4: UNIT CONVERSION WEIGHT (kg = lbs) C C130896E02 Standard range: 27 to 33 kg (59.52 to 72.75 lb) HINT: • When performing the sensitivity check, use a solid metal weight (the check result may not be accurate if a liquid weight is used). RS RS–178 RS SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM – OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM • If the sensitivity deviates from the standard range, retighten the bolts of the front passenger seat taking care not to deform the seat rail. After performing this procedure, if the sensitivity is not within the standard range, replace the front seat RH. • If the zero point calibration has not finished normally, replace the front seat RH. RS–179 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM – OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM PROBLEM SYMPTOMS TABLE HINT: • Use the table below to help determine the cause of the problem symptom. The potential cases of the symptoms are listed in order of probability in the "Suspected Area" column of the table. Check each symptom by checking the suspected areas in the order they are listed. Replace parts as necessary. • Proceed to the troubleshooting procedures for each circuit in the table below. Occupant classification ECU Symptom The front passenger seat condition differs from the indication of the passenger airbag ON / OFF indicator (DTC is not output). Suspected area Trouble in Passenger Airbag ON / OFF Indicator See page RS-260 RS RS–180 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM – OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM TERMINALS OF ECU 1. CHECK OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION ECU (a) Measure the voltage of the connector. O4 O5 RS H100909E09 Symbols (Terminal No.) Wiring Color Terminal Description Condition Specified Condition +B (O4-1) - GND (O4-3) L - W-B +B power source Always 10 to 14 V DIA (O4-2) - GND (O4-3) W - W-B Diagnosis (DLC3) Power switch ON (IG) Pulse generation GND (O4-3) - Body ground W-B - Body ground Ground Always Below 1 Ω FSR- (O4-4) - GND (O4-3) Y-B - W-B Center airbag sensor communication line Always Below 1 Ω BGND (O4-5) - GND (O43) R - W-B Passenger side buckle switch ground line Always Below 1 Ω IG (O4-7) - GND (O4-3) B - W-B IG power source Power switch ON (IG) 10 to 14 V FSR+ (O4-8) - FSR- (O44) Y - Y-B Center airbag sensor communication line Power switch ON (IG) Pulse generation BSW (O4-9) - BGND (O45) G-R Passenger side buckle switch line Buckle switch ON Buckle switch OFF Pulse generation SGD1 (O5-1) - GND (O43) G - W-B Front occupant classification sensor LH ground line Always Below 1 Ω SGD2 (O5-2) - GND (O43) O - W-B Front occupant classification sensor RH ground line Always Below 1 Ω SGD3 (O5-3) - GND (O43) W - W-B Rear occupant classification sensor LH ground line Always Below 1 Ω SGD4 (O5-4) - GND (O43) BR - W-B Rear occupant classification sensor RH ground line Always Below 1 Ω R-G Front occupant classification sensor LH power supply line Power switch ON (IG), a load is applied to front occupant classification sensor LH 4.5 to 5.1 V W-O Front occupant classification sensor RH power supply line Power switch ON (IG), a load is applied to front occupant classification sensor RH 4.5 to 5.1 V GR - W Rear occupant classification sensor LH power supply line Power switch ON (IG), a load is applied to rear occupant classification sensor LH 4.5 to 5.1 V V - BR Rear occupant classification sensor RH power supply line Power switch ON (IG), a load is applied to rear occupant classification sensor RH 4.5 to 5.1 V SVC1 (O5-11) - SGD1 (O5-1) SVC2 (O5-12) - SGD2 (O5-2) SVC3 (O5-5) - SGD3 (O53) SVC4 (O5-6) - SGD4 (O54) SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM – OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM Symbols (Terminal No.) SIG1 (O5-7) - SGD1 (O51) SIG2 (O5-8) - SGD2 (O52) SIG3 (O5-9) - SGD3 (O53) SIG4 (O5-10) - SGD4 (O54) Wiring Color Terminal Description Condition SB - G Front occupant classification sensor LH signal line Power switch ON (IG), a load is applied to front occupant classification sensor LH 0.2 to 4.7 V L-O Front occupant classification sensor RH signal line Power switch ON (IG), a load is applied to front occupant classification sensor RH 0.2 to 4.7 V Y-W Rear occupant classification sensor LH signal line Power switch ON (IG), a load is applied to rear occupant classification sensor LH 0.2 to 4.7 V R - BR Rear occupant classification sensor RH signal line Power switch ON (IG), a load is applied to rear occupant classification sensor RH 0.2 to 4.7 V RS–181 Specified Condition RS RS–182 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM – OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM 1. DESCRIPTION The occupant classification ECU controls the functions of the occupant classification System on the vehicle. Data of the occupant classification system can be read in the Data Link Connector 3 (DLC3) of the vehicle. When the system seems to be malfunctioning, use the intelligent tester to check for a malfunction and perform repairs. 2. CHECK DLC3 The ECU uses the ISO 15765-4 for communication. The terminal arrangement of the DLC3 complies with ISO 15031-3 and matches the ISO 15765-4 format. RS CG SG CANH SIL CANL BAT H100769E16 Symbols (Terminal No.) SIL (7) - SG (5) Terminal Description Bus + line Condition During transmission Specified Condition Pulse generation CG (4) - Body ground Chassis ground Always Below 1 Ω SG (5) - Body ground Signal ground Always Below 1 Ω BAT (16) - Body ground Battery positive Always 11 to 14 V CANH (6) - CANL (14) HIGH-Level CAN bus line Power switch is OFF* 54 to 69 Ω CANH (6) - Battery positive HIGH-Level CAN bus line Power switch is OFF* 1 kΩ or more CANH (6) - CG (4) HIGH-Level CAN bus line Power switch is OFF* 1 kΩ or more CANL (14) - Battery positive LOW-level CAN bus line Power switch is OFF* 1 MΩ or more CANL (14) - CG (4) LOW-level CAN bus line Power switch is OFF* 1 MΩ or more NOTICE: *: Before measuring the resistance, leave the vehicle as is for at least 1 minute and do not operate the power switch, any switches or doors. If the result is not as specified, the DLC3 may have a malfunction. Repair or replace the harness and connector. HINT: Connect the cable of the intelligent tester (with CAN VIM) to the DLC3, turn the power switch ON and attempt to use the tester. If the display indicates that a communication error has occurred, there is a problem either with the vehicle or with the tester. • If communication is normal when the tester is connected to another vehicle, inspect the DLC3 on the original vehicle. • If communication is still not possible when the tool is connected to another vehicle, the problem is probably in the tester itself. Consult the Service Department listed in the tester's instruction manual. SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM – OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM 3. Vibrate Slightly Shake Slightly Vibrate Slightly D025083E03 4. RS–183 SYMPTOM SIMULATION HINT: The most difficult case in troubleshooting is when no symptoms occur. In such cases, a thorough customer problem analysis must be carried out. A simulation of the same or similar conditions and environment in which the problem occurred in the customer's vehicle should be carried out. No matter how much skill or experience a technician has, troubleshooting without confirming the problem symptoms will lead to important repairs being overlooked and mistakes or delays. This leads to a standstill in troubleshooting. (a) Vibration method: When vibration seems to be the major cause. HINT: Perform the simulation method only during the primary check period (for approximately 6 seconds after the power switch is turned ON (IG)). (1) Slightly vibrate the part of the sensor considered to be the cause of the problem with your fingers and check whether the malfunction occurs. HINT: Shaking the relays too strongly may result in open relays. (2) Slightly shake the connector vertically and horizontally. (3) Slightly shake the wire harness vertically and horizontally. The connector joint and fulcrum of the vibration are the major areas to be checked thoroughly. (b) Simulation method for DTC B1795: Turn the power switch from the OFF to the ON (IG) position, hold the position for 10 seconds, and then turn it back to the OFF position again 50 times in a row. HINT: DTC B1795 is output if the occupant classification ECU receives the power switch OFF - ON (IG) OFF signal 50 times in a row when a malfunction occurs in the power circuit for the occupant classification system. FUNCTION OF PASSENGER AIRBAG ON/OFF INDICATOR (a) Initial check (1) Turn the power switch ON (IG). (2) The passenger airbag ON /OFF indicator (ON and OFF) comes on for approximately 4 seconds, then goes off for approximately 2 seconds. RS RS–184 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM – OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM (3) Approximately 6 seconds after the power switch is turned to the ON (IG) position, the passenger airbag ON/OFF indicator will be ON/OFF depending on the conditions listed below. Condition RS ON Indicator OFF Indicator Vacant OFF OFF Adult is seated ON OFF Child is seated OFF ON Child restraint system is set OFF ON Front passenger occupant classification system failure OFF ON HINT: • The passenger airbag ON / OFF indicator operates based on the timing chart below in order to check the indicator light circuit. on (IG) Power Switch off Passenger Airbag ON Indicator 2 sec. 4 sec. 2 sec. ON OFF Passenger Airbag OFF Indicator 4 sec. ON OFF ON/OFF condition depends on the front passenger detection results. H043700E21 • When the occupant classification system has trouble, both the SRS warning light and the passenger airbag OFF indicator (OFF) come on. In this case, check the DTCs in the airbag system first. 5. #+4$#) 1(( 10 2#55'0)'4 C131086 CHECK PASSENGER AIRBAG ON/OFF INDICATOR (a) Turn the power switch ON (IG). (b) Check that the passenger airbag ON/OFF indicators come on for approximately 4 seconds, then go off for approximately 2 seconds. HINT: Refer to the table in the previous step regarding the passenger airbag ON/OFF indicator when approximately 6 seconds have elapsed after the power switch is turned ON (IG). SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM – OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM RS–185 DTC CHECK / CLEAR 1. Intelligent Tester 2. DLC3 CAN VIM B126098E01 CHECK DTC HINT: • When DTC B1650/23 is detected as a result of troubleshooting for the airbag system, troubleshoot the occupant classification system. • Use the intelligent tester (with CAN VIM) to read and clear DTCs, otherwise the DTCs cannot be read and cleared. (a) Connect the intelligent tester (with CAN VIM) to the DLC3. (b) Turn the power switch ON (IG). (c) Check for DTCs by following the prompts on the tester screen. HINT: Refer to the intelligent tester operator's manual for further details. Clear DTC (a) Connect the intelligent tester (with CAN VIM) to the DLC3. (b) Turn the power switch ON (IG). (c) Clear the DTCs by following the prompts on the tester screen. HINT: Refer to the intelligent tester operator's manual for further details. RS RS–186 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM – OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM DATA LIST / ACTIVE TEST HINT: Using the intelligent tester's DATA LIST allows switch, sensor, actuator and other item values to be read without removing any parts. Reading the DATA LIST early in troubleshooting is one way to save time. RS 1. Intelligent Tester DATA LIST FOR OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION ECU (a) Connect the intelligent tester (with CAN VIM) to the DLC3. (b) Turn the power switch ON (IG). (c) Read the DATA LIST on the tester's screen. DLC3 CAN VIM B126098E01 Occupant classification ECU Item Measurement Item/ Range (Display) Normal Condition Diagnostic Note ON/OFF - IG SW Power switch condition/ ON: Power switch ON (IG) OFF: Power switch OFF P BUCKLE SW Buckle switch (Front passenger side)/ UNSET: Front passenger side seat belt is unfastened SET: Front passenger side seat belt is fastened NG: Front passenger side seat belt is malfunctioning UNSET/SET - Front passenger CLASS Front passenger classification/ AF05: Adult (36 to 54 kg (79.37 to 119.05 lb)) is seated AM50: Adult (more than 54 kg (119.05 lb)) is seated CHILD: Child (less than 36 kg (79.37 lb)) is seated CRS: Child restraint system and front passenger side buckle switch ON, then 7 to 36 kg (15.43 to 79.37 lb) is set OFF: Vacant AF05/AM50/CHILD/CRS/OFF - SENS RANGE INF Sensor range information/ OK: The sensor value is within the range NG: The sensor value is outside the range OK - FL SENS RANGE Front left sensor range information/ OK: Sensor range is -17 to 27 kg (-37.48 to 59.52 lb) Min.: Less than -17 kg (-37.48 lb) Max.: More than 27 kg (59.52 lb) OK - SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM – OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM RS–187 Measurement Item/ Range (Display) Normal Condition Diagnostic Note FR SENS RANGE Front right sensor range information/ OK: Sensor range is -17 to 27 kg (-37.48 to 59.52 lb) Min.: Less than -17 kg (-37.48 lb) Max.: More than 27 kg (59.52 lb) OK - RL SENS RANGE Rear left sensor range information/ OK: Sensor range is -17 to 37 kg (-37.48 to 81.57 lb) Min.: Less than -17 kg (-37.48 lb) Max.: More than 37 kg (81.57 lb) OK - RR SENS RANGE Rear right sensor range information/ OK: Sensor range is -17 to 37 kg (-37.48 to 81.57 lb) Min.: Less than -17 kg (-37.48 lb) Max.: More than 37 kg (81.57 lb) OK - FL SENS VOL Front left sensor voltage/ Min.: 0 V Max.: 19.8 V 0 to 4.7 V - FR SENS VOL Front right sensor voltage/ Min.: 0 V Max.: 19.8 V 0 to 4.7 V - RL SENS VOL Rear left sensor voltage/ Min.: 0 V Max.: 19.8 V 0 to 4.7 V - RR SENS VOL Rear right sensor voltage/ Min.: 0 V Max.: 19.8 V 0 to 4.7 V - FL SENS WEIGHT Front left sensor weight information/ Min.: -17 kg (-37.48 lb) Max.: 27 kg (59.52 lb) -17 to 27 kg (-37.48 to 59.52 lb) - FR SENS WEIGHT Front right sensor weight information/ Min.: -17 kg (-37.48 lb) Max.: 27 kg (59.52 lb) -17 to 27 kg (-37.48 to 59.52 lb) - RL SENS WEIGHT Rear left sensor weight information/ Min.: -17 kg (-37.48 lb) Max.: 37 kg (81.57 lb) -17 to 37 kg (-37.48 to 81.57 lb) - RR SENS WEIGHT Rear right sensor weight information/ Min.: -17 kg (-37.48 lb) Max.: 37 kg (81.57 lb) -17 to 37 kg (-37.48 to 81.57 lb) - TOTAL WEIGHT Total weight information/ Min.: -68 kg (-149.91 lb) Max.: 128 kg (282.19 lb) -68 to 128 kg (-149.91 to 282.19 lb) - #PRESENT CODES Number of present DTCs Min.: 0, Max.: 255 0 - #PAST CODES Number of past DTCs Min.: 0, Max.: 255 0 - Item RS RS–188 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM – OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE CHART If a trouble code is displayed during the DTC check, check the circuit listed for the code in the table below (proceed to the page listed for that circuit). Occupant classification system RS DTC No. Detection Item Trouble Area See page B1771 Passenger Side Buckle Switch Circuit Malfunction 1. Floor wire 2. Front seat inner belt assembly (Buckle switch RH) 3. Occupant classification ECU RS-187 B1780 Front Occupant Classification Sensor LH Circuit Malfunction 1. Front seat wire RH 2. Front seat assembly RH (Front occupant classification sensor RH) 3. Occupant classification ECU RS-193 B1781 Front Occupant Classification Sensor RH Circuit Malfunction 1. Front seat wire RH 2. Front seat assembly RH (Front occupant classification sensor RH) 3. Occupant classification ECU RS-200 B1782 Rear Occupant Classification Sensor LH Circuit Malfunction 1. Front seat wire RH 2. Front seat assembly RH (Rear occupant classification sensor LH) 3. Occupant classification ECU RS-207 B1783 Rear Occupant Classification Sensor RH Circuit Malfunction 1. Front seat wire RH 2. Front seat assembly RH (Rear occupant classification sensor RH) 3. Occupant classification ECU RS-214 B1785 Front Occupant Classification Sensor LH Collision Detection 1. Front seat assembly RH (Front occupant classification sensor LH) 2. Occupant classification ECU RS-221 B1786 Front Occupant Classification Sensor RH Collision Detection 1. Front seat assembly RH (Front occupant classification sensor RH) 2. Occupant classification ECU RS-225 B1787 Rear Occupant Classification Sensor LH Collision Detection 1. Front seat assembly RH (Rear occupant classification sensor LH) 2. Occupant classification ECU RS-229 B1788 Rear Occupant Classification Sensor RH Collision Detection 1. Front seat assembly RH (Rear occupant classification sensor RH) 2. Occupant classification ECU RS-233 B1790 Center Airbag Sensor Assembly Communication Circuit Malfunction 1. Floor wire 2. Occupant classification ECU 3. Center airbag sensor assembly RS-237 B1793 Occupant Classification Sensor Power Supply Circuit Malfunction 1. Front seat wire RH 2. Front seat assembly RH (Occupant classification sensors) 3. Occupant classification ECU RS-243 B1794 Open in Occupant Classification ECU Battery Positive Line 1. Wire harness 2. Occupant classification ECU RS-251 B1795 Occupant Classification ECU Malfunction 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. RS-255 Battery ECU-B Fuse No. 2 floor wire Front seat inner belt RH Occupant classification ECU SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM – OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM DTC No. B1796 Detection Item Sleep Operation Failure of Occupant Classification ECU Trouble Area Occupant classification ECU RS–189 See page RS-258 RS RS–190 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM – OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM DTC Passenger Side Buckle Switch Circuit Malfunction B1771 DESCRIPTION The passenger side buckle switch circuit consists of the occupant classification ECU and the front seat RS inner belt RH. DTC B1771 is recorded when a malfunction is detected in the passenger side buckle switch circuit. Troubleshoot DTC B1771 first when DTCs B1771 and B1795 are output simultaneously. DTC No. DTC Detection Condition B1771 When one of following conditions is met: • Occupant classification ECU detects line short signal, open signal, short to ground signal or short to B+ signal in the passenger side buckle switch circuit for 2 seconds • Passenger side buckle switch malfunction • Occupant classification ECU malfunction Trouble Area • • • Floor wire Front seat inner belt RH (Buckle switch RH) Occupant classification ECU WIRING DIAGRAM Front Seat Inner Belt RH Occupant Classification ECU BSW BGND C123546E05 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM – OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM RS–191 INSPECTION PROCEDURE HINT: • If troubleshooting (wire harness inspection) is difficult to perform, remove the front passenger seat installation bolts to see the undersurface of the seat cushion. • In the above case, hold the seat so that it does not tip over. Holding the seat for a long period of time may cause a problem, such as seat rail deformation. Hold the seat up only for as long as necessary. 1 CHECK FOR DTC (a) Turn the power switch ON (IG). (b) Clear the DTCs (see page RS-182). HINT: First clear DTCs stored in the occupant classification ECU and then in the center airbag sensor. (c) Turn the power switch OFF. (d) Turn the power switch ON (IG). (e) Check the DTCs (see page RS-182). OK: DTC B1771 is not output. HINT: DTCs other than DTC B1771 may be output at this time, but they are not related to this check. OK USE SIMULATION METHOD TO CHECK NG 2 CHECK CONNECTION OF CONNECTOR (a) Turn the power switch OFF. (b) Disconnect the cable from the negative (-) battery terminal, and wait for at least 90 seconds. (c) Check that the connectors are properly connected to the occupant classification ECU and the front seat inner belt RH. OK: The connectors are properly connected. NG OK CONNECT CONNECTOR RS RS–192 3 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM – OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM CHECK FLOOR WIRE (TO B+) (a) Disconnect the connectors from the occupant classification ECU and the front seat inner belt RH. (b) Connect the cable to the negative (-) battery terminal, and wait for at least 2 seconds. (c) Turn the power switch ON (IG). (d) Measure the voltage of the wire harness side connector. Standard voltage Floor Wire RS D A C Front Seat Inner Belt RH B Occupant Classification ECU Tester Connection Specified Condition O4-9 (BSW) - Body ground Below 1 V O4-5 (BGND) - Body ground Below 1 V NG REPAIR OR REPLACE FLOOR WIRE Connector B BGND O4 BSW H100918E09 OK 4 CHECK FLOOR WIRE (FOR OPEN) Floor Wire D C B A Occupant Classification ECU Front Seat Inner Belt RH Connector C B16 Connector B (a) Turn the power switch OFF. (b) Disconnect the cable from the negative (-) battery terminal, and wait for at least 90 seconds. (c) Using a service wire, connect terminals B16-2 and B16-1 of connector C. NOTICE: Do not forcibly insert a service wire into the terminals of the connector when connecting them. (d) Measure the resistance of the wire harness side connector. Standard resistance Tester Connection Specified Condition O4-9 (BSW) - O4-5 (BGND) Below 1 Ω O4 NG BSW BGND Service Wire C130813E01 OK REPAIR OR REPLACE FLOOR WIRE SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM – OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM 5 RS–193 CHECK FLOOR WIRE (FOR SHORT) (a) Disconnect the service wire from connector C. (b) Measure the resistance of the wire harness side connector. Standard resistance Floor Wire D A C Front Seat Inner Belt RH B Occupant Classification ECU Tester Connection Specified Condition O4-9 (BSW) - O4-5 (BGND) 1 MΩ or higher NG REPAIR OR REPLACE FLOOR WIRE Connector B BGND O4 BSW H100918E10 OK 6 CHECK FLOOR WIRE (TO GROUND) (a) Measure the resistance of the wire harness side connector. Standard resistance Floor Wire D A C Front Seat Inner Belt RH B Occupant Classification ECU Connector B BGND O4 BSW OK H100918E10 Tester Connection Specified Condition O4-9 (BSW) - Body ground 1 MΩ or higher O4-5 (BGND) - Body ground 1 MΩ or higher NG REPAIR OR REPLACE FLOOR WIRE RS RS–194 7 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM – OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM CHECK FOR DTC (a) Connect the connectors to the occupant classification ECU and the front seat inner belt RH. (b) Connect the cable to the negative (-) battery terminal, and wait for at least 2 seconds. (c) Turn the power switch ON (IG). (d) Clear the DTCs (see page RS-182). HINT: First clear DTCs stored in the occupant classification ECU and then in the center airbag sensor. (e) Turn the power switch OFF. (f) Turn the power switch ON (IG). (g) Check the DTCs (see page RS-182). OK: DTC B1771 is not output. HINT: DTCs other than DTC B1771 may be output at this time, but they are not related to this check. RS OK USE SIMULATION METHOD TO CHECK NG 8 REPLACE FRONT SEAT INNER BELT ASSEMBLY RH (a) Turn the power switch OFF. (b) Disconnect the cable from the negative (-) battery terminal, and wait for at least 90 seconds. (c) Replace the front seat inner belt RH (see page SB-5). HINT: Perform the inspection using parts from a normal vehicle if possible. (d) Connect the cable to the negative (-) battery terminal, and wait for at least 2 seconds. (e) Turn the power switch ON (IG). (f) Clear the DTCs (see page RS-182). HINT: First clear DTCs stored in the occupant classification ECU and then in the center airbag sensor. (g) Turn the power switch OFF. (h) Turn the power switch ON (IG). (i) Check the DTCs (see page RS-182). OK: DTC B1771 is not output. HINT: DTCs other than DTC B1771 may be output at this time, but they are not related to this check. OK NG END SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM – OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM 9 RS–195 REPLACE OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION ECU (a) Turn the power switch OFF. (b) Disconnect the cable from the negative (-) battery terminal, and wait for at least 90 seconds. (c) Replace the occupant classification ECU. NEXT 10 PERFORM ZERO POINT CALIBRATION (a) Connect the cable to the negative (-) battery terminal, and wait for at least 2 seconds. (b) Connect the intelligent tester (with CAN VIM) to the DLC3. (c) Turn the power switch ON (IG). (d) Using the intelligent tester, perform the zero point calibration (see page RS-174). OK: COMPLETED is displayed. NEXT 11 PERFORM SENSITIVITY CHECK (a) Using the intelligent tester, perform the sensitivity check (see page RS-174). Standard value: 27 to 33 kg (59.52 to 72.75 lb) NEXT END RS RS–196 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM – OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM DTC B1780 Front Occupant Classification Sensor LH Circuit Malfunction DESCRIPTION The front occupant classification sensor LH circuit consists of the occupant classification ECU and the RS front occupant classification sensor LH. DTC B1780 is recorded when a malfunction is detected in the front occupant classification sensor LH circuit. DTC No. DTC Detection Condition B1780 When one of following conditions is met: • Occupant classification ECU detects line short signal, open signal, short to ground signal or short to B+ signal in the front occupant classification sensor LH circuit for 2 seconds • Front occupant classification sensor LH malfunction • Occupant classification ECU malfunction Trouble Area • • • Front seat wire RH Front seat RH (Front occupant classification sensor LH) Occupant classification ECU WIRING DIAGRAM Front Occupant Classification Sensor LH Occupant Classification ECU SVC1 SVC1 SIG1 SIG1 SGD1 SGD1 C128670E05 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM – OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM RS–197 INSPECTION PROCEDURE HINT: • If troubleshooting (wire harness inspection) is difficult to perform, remove the front passenger seat installation bolts to see the undersurface of the seat cushion. • In the above case, hold the seat so that it does not tip over. Holding the seat for a long period of time may cause a problem, such as seat rail deformation. Hold the seat up only for as long as necessary. 1 CHECK FOR DTC (a) Turn the power switch ON (IG). (b) Clear the DTCs (see page RS-182). HINT: First clear DTCs stored in the occupant classification ECU and then in the center airbag sensor. (c) Turn the power switch OFF. (d) Turn the power switch ON (IG). (e) Check the DTCs (see page RS-182). OK: DTC B1780 is not output. HINT: DTCs other than DTC B1780 may be output at this time, but they are not related to this check. OK USE SIMULATION METHOD TO CHECK NG 2 CHECK CONNECTION OF CONNECTOR (a) Turn the power switch OFF. (b) Disconnect the cable from the negative (-) battery terminal, and wait for at least 90 seconds. (c) Check that the connectors are properly connected to the occupant classification ECU and the front occupant classification sensor LH. OK: The connectors are properly connected. NG OK CONNECT CONNECTOR RS RS–198 3 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM – OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM CHECK FRONT SEAT WIRE RH (TO B+) Front Seat Wire RH RS C B D A Occupant Classification ECU Front Occupant Classification Sensor LH (a) Disconnect the connectors from the occupant classification ECU and the front occupant classification sensor LH. (b) Connect the cable to the negative (-) battery terminal, and wait for at least 2 seconds. (c) Turn the power switch ON (IG). (d) Measure the voltage of the wire harness side connector. Standard voltage Tester Connection Specified Condition O5-1 (SGD1) - Body ground Below 1 V O5-7 (SIG1) - Body ground Below 1 V O5-11 (SVC1) - Body ground Below 1 V NG Connector B REPAIR OR REPLACE FRONT SEAT WIRE RH O5 SGD1 SIG1 SVC1 C130827E01 OK 4 CHECK FRONT SEAT WIRE RH (FOR OPEN) Front Seat Wire RH D C Front Occupant Classification Sensor LH A B Occupant Classification ECU (a) Turn the power switch OFF. (b) Disconnect the cable from the negative (-) battery terminal, and wait for at least 90 seconds. (c) Using a service wire, connect terminals O6-1 (SVC1) and O6-3 (SGD1), and connect terminals O6-2 (SIG1) and O6-3 (SGD1) of connector C. NOTICE: Do not forcibly insert a service wire into the terminals of the connector when connecting them. (d) Measure the resistance of the wire harness side connector. Standard resistance Connector C O5 SGD1 SGD1 O6 SVC1 SIG1 SIG1 Specified Condition O5-7 (SIG1) - O5-1 (SGD1) Below 1 Ω O5-11 (SVC1) - O5-1 (SGD1) Below 1 Ω NG SVC1 Service Wire H100920E22 OK Tester Connection Connector B Service Wire REPAIR OR REPLACE FRONT SEAT WIRE RH SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM – OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM 5 RS–199 CHECK FRONT SEAT WIRE RH (FOR SHORT) Front Seat Wire RH C (a) Disconnect the service wire from connector C. (b) Measure the resistance of the wire harness side connector. Standard resistance B D A Occupant Classification ECU Front Occupant Classification Sensor LH Tester Connection Specified Condition O5-7 (SIG1) - O5-1 (SGD1) 1 MΩ or higher O5-11 (SVC1) - O5-1 (SGD1) 1 MΩ or higher O5-7 (SIG1) - O5-11 (SVC1) 1 MΩ or higher NG REPAIR OR REPLACE FRONT SEAT WIRE RH Connector B O5 SGD1 SIG1 SVC1 C130827E01 OK 6 CHECK FRONT SEAT WIRE RH (TO GROUND) Front Seat Wire RH C B D A Front Occupant Classification Sensor LH Occupant Classification ECU Connector B O5 SGD1 SIG1 SVC1 C130827E01 OK (a) Measure the resistance of the wire harness side connector. Standard resistance Tester Connection Specified Condition O5-1 (SGD1) - Body ground 1 MΩ or higher O5-7 (SIG1) - Body ground 1 MΩ or higher O5-11 (SVC1) - Body ground 1 MΩ or higher NG REPAIR OR REPLACE FRONT SEAT WIRE RH RS RS–200 7 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM – OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM CHECK FOR DTC (a) Connect the connectors to the occupant classification ECU and the front occupant classification sensor LH. (b) Connect the cable to the negative (-) battery terminal, and wait for at least 2 seconds. (c) Turn the power switch ON (IG). (d) Clear the DTCs (see page RS-182). HINT: First clear DTCs stored in the occupant classification ECU and then in the center airbag sensor. (e) Turn the power switch OFF. (f) Turn the power switch ON (IG). (g) Check the DTCs (see page RS-182). OK: DTC B1780 is not output. HINT: DTCs other than DTC B1780 may be output at this time, but they are not related to this check. RS OK USE SIMULATION METHOD TO CHECK NG 8 REPLACE OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION ECU (a) Turn the power switch OFF. (b) Disconnect the cable from the negative (-) battery terminal, and wait for at least 90 seconds. (c) Replace the occupant classification ECU. HINT: Perform the inspection using parts from a normal vehicle if possible. NEXT 9 PERFORM ZERO POINT CALIBRATION (a) Connect the cable to the negative (-) battery terminal, and wait for at least 2 seconds. (b) Connect the intelligent tester (with CAN VIM) to the DLC3. (c) Turn the power switch ON (IG). (d) Using the intelligent tester, perform the zero point calibration (see page RS-174). OK: COMPLETED is displayed. NG OK Go to step 12 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM – OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM 10 RS–201 PERFORM SENSITIVITY CHECK (a) Using the intelligent tester, perform the sensitivity check (see page RS-174). Standard value: 27 to 33 kg (59.52 to 72.75 lb) NG Go to step 12 OK 11 CHECK FOR DTC (a) Connect the cable to the negative (-) battery terminal, and wait for at least 2 seconds. (b) Turn the power switch ON (IG). (c) Clear the DTCs (see page RS-182). HINT: First clear DTCs stored in the occupant classification ECU and then in the center airbag sensor. (d) Turn the power switch OFF. (e) Turn the power switch ON (IG). (f) Check the DTCs (see page RS-182). OK: DTC B1780 is not output. HINT: DTCs other than DTC B1780 may be output at this time, but they are not related to this check. OK END NG 12 REPLACE FRONT SEAT ASSEMBLY RH (a) Turn the power switch OFF. (b) Disconnect the cable from the negative (-) battery terminal, and wait for at least 90 seconds. (c) Replace the front seat RH (see page SE-1). NEXT 13 PERFORM ZERO POINT CALIBRATION (a) Connect the cable to the negative (-) battery terminal, and wait for at least 2 seconds. (b) Connect the intelligent tester to the DLC3. (c) Turn the power switch ON (IG). (d) Using the intelligent tester, perform the zero point calibration (see page RS-174). OK: COMPLETED is displayed. RS RS–202 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM – OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM NEXT 14 PERFORM SENSITIVITY CHECK (a) Using the intelligent tester, perform the sensitivity check (see page RS-174). Standard values: 27 to 33 kg (59.52 to 72.75 lb) RS NEXT END SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM – OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM DTC B1781 RS–203 Front Occupant Classification Sensor RH Circuit Malfunction DESCRIPTION The front occupant classification sensor RH circuit consists of the occupant classification ECU and the front occupant classification sensor RH. DTC B1781 is recorded when a malfunction is detected in the front occupant classification sensor RH circuit. DTC No. DTC Detection Condition B1781 When one of following conditions is met: • Occupant classification ECU detects line short signal, open signal, short to ground signal or short to B+ signal in the front occupant classification sensor RH circuit for 2 seconds • Front occupant classification sensor RH malfunction • Occupant classification ECU malfunction Trouble Area • • • Front seat wire RH Front seat RH (Front occupant classification sensor RH) Occupant classification ECU WIRING DIAGRAM Front Occupant Classification Sensor RH Occupant Classification ECU SVC2 SVC2 SIG2 SIG2 SGD2 SGD2 C128670E06 RS RS–204 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM – OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM INSPECTION PROCEDURE RS HINT: • If troubleshooting (wire harness inspection) is difficult to perform, remove the front passenger seat installation bolts to see the undersurface of the seat cushion. • In the above case, hold the seat so that it does not tip over. Holding the seat for a long period of time may cause a problem, such as seat rail deformation. Hold the seat up only for as long as necessary. 1 CHECK FOR DTC (a) Turn the power switch ON (IG). (b) Clear the DTCs (see page RS-182). HINT: First clear DTCs stored in the occupant classification ECU and then in the center airbag sensor. (c) Turn the power switch OFF. (d) Turn the power switch ON (IG). (e) Check the DTCs (see page RS-182). OK: DTC B1781 is not output. HINT: DTCs other than DTC B1781 may be output at this time, but they are not related to this check. OK USE SIMULATION METHOD TO CHECK NG 2 CHECK CONNECTION OF CONNECTOR (a) Turn the power switch OFF. (b) Disconnect the cable from the negative (-) battery terminal, and wait for at least 90 seconds. (c) Check that the connectors are properly connected to the occupant classification ECU and the front occupant classification sensor RH. OK: The connectors are properly connected. NG OK CONNECT CONNECTOR SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM – OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM 3 RS–205 CHECK FRONT SEAT WIRE RH (TO B+) Front Seat Wire RH C B D A Occupant Classification ECU Front Occupant Classification Sensor RH (a) Disconnect the connectors from the occupant classification ECU and the front occupant classification sensor RH. (b) Connect the cable to the negative (-) terminal battery, and wait for at least 2 seconds. (c) Turn the power switch ON (IG). (d) Measure the voltage of the wire harness side connector. Standard voltage Tester Connection Specified Condition O5-2 (SGD2) - Body ground Below 1 V O5-8 (SIG2) - Body ground Below 1 V O5-12 (SVC2) - Body ground Below 1 V NG Connector B REPAIR OR REPLACE FRONT SEAT WIRE RH O5 SGD2 SIG2 SVC2 C130827E02 OK 4 CHECK FRONT SEAT WIRE RH (OPEN) Front Seat Wire RH D C Front Occupant Classification Sensor RH A B Occupant Classification ECU (a) Turn the power switch OFF. (b) Disconnect the cable from the negative (-) battery terminal, and wait for at least 90 seconds. (c) Using a service wire, connect terminals O7-1 (SVC2) and O7-3 (SGD2), and connect terminals O7-2 (SIG2) and O7-3 (SGD2) of connector C. NOTICE: Do not forcibly insert a service wire into the terminals of the connector when connecting them. (d) Measure the resistance of the wire harness side connector. Standard resistance Connector C O5 SGD2 SGD2 O7 SVC2 SIG2 SIG2 Specified Condition O5-8 (SIG2) - O5-2 (SGD2) Below 1 Ω O5-12 (SVC2) - O5-2 (SGD2) Below 1 Ω NG SVC2 Service Wire H100920E23 OK Tester Connection Connector B Service Wire REPAIR OR REPLACE FRONT SEAT WIRE RH RS RS–206 5 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM – OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM CHECK FRONT SEAT WIRE RH (SHORT) Front Seat Wire RH RS C (a) Disconnect the service wire from connector C. (b) Measure the resistance of the wire harness side connector. Standard resistance B D Tester Connection Specified Condition O5-8 (SIG2) - O5-2 (SGD2) 1 MΩ or higher O5-12 (SVC2) - O5-2 (SGD2) 1 MΩ or higher O5-8 (SIG2) - O5-12 (SVC2) 1 MΩ or higher A Occupant Classification ECU Front Occupant Classification Sensor RH NG REPAIR OR REPLACE FRONT SEAT WIRE RH Connector B O5 SGD2 SIG2 SVC2 C130827E02 OK 6 CHECK FRONT SEAT WIRE RH (TO GROUND) Front Seat Wire RH C B D A Front Occupant Classification Sensor RH Occupant Classification ECU Connector B O5 SGD2 SIG2 SVC2 C130827E02 OK (a) Measure the resistance of the wire harness side connector. Standard resistance Tester Connection Specified Condition O5-2 (SGD2) - Body ground 1 MΩ or higher O5-8 (SIG2) - Body ground 1 MΩ or higher O5-12 (SVC2) - Body ground 1 MΩ or higher NG REPAIR OR REPLACE FRONT SEAT WIRE RH SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM – OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM 7 RS–207 CHECK FOR DTC (a) Connect the connectors to the occupant classification ECU and the front occupant classification sensor RH. (b) Connect the cable to the negative (-) battery terminal, and wait for at least 2 seconds. (c) Turn the power switch ON (IG). (d) Clear the DTCs (see page RS-182). HINT: First clear DTCs stored in the occupant classification ECU and then in the center airbag sensor. (e) Turn the power switch OFF. (f) Turn the power switch ON (IG). (g) Check the DTCs (see page RS-182). OK: DTC B1781 is not output. HINT: DTCs other than DTC B1781 may be output at this time, but they are not related to this check. OK USE SIMULATION METHOD TO CHECK NG 8 REPLACE OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION ECU (a) Turn the power switch OFF. (b) Disconnect the cable from the negative (-) battery terminal, and wait for at least 90 seconds. (c) Replace the occupant classification ECU. HINT: Perform the inspection using parts from a normal vehicle if possible. NEXT 9 PERFORM ZERO POINT CALIBRATION (a) Connect the cable to the negative (-) battery terminal, and wait for at least 2 seconds. (b) Connect the intelligent tester to the DLC3. (c) Turn the power switch ON (IG). (d) Using the intelligent tester, perform the zero point calibration (see page RS-174). OK: COMPLETED is displayed. NG OK Go to step 12 RS RS–208 10 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM – OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM PERFORM SENSITIVITY CHECK (a) Using the intelligent tester, perform the sensitivity check (see page RS-174). Standard value: 27 to 33 kg (59.52 to 72.75 lb) RS NG Go to step 12 OK 11 CHECK FOR DTC (a) Connect the cable to the negative (-) battery terminal, and wait for at least 2 seconds. (b) Turn the power switch ON (IG). (c) Clear the DTCs (see page RS-182). HINT: First clear DTCs stored in the occupant classification ECU and then in the center airbag sensor. (d) Turn the power switch OFF. (e) Turn the power switch ON (IG). (f) Check the DTCs (see page RS-182). OK: DTC B1781 is not output. HINT: DTCs other than DTC B1781 may be output at this time, but they are not related to this check. OK END NG 12 REPLACE FRONT SEAT ASSEMBLY RH (a) Turn the power switch OFF. (b) Disconnect the cable from the negative (-) battery terminal, and wait for at least 90 seconds. (c) Replace the front seat RH (see page SE-1). NEXT 13 PERFORM ZERO POINT CALIBRATION (a) Connect the cable to the negative (-) battery terminal, and wait for at least 2 seconds. (b) Connect the intelligent tester to the DLC3. (c) Turn the power switch ON (IG). (d) Using the intelligent tester, perform the zero point calibration (see page RS-174). OK: COMPLETED is displayed. SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM – OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM RS–209 NEXT 14 PERFORM SENSITIVITY CHECK (a) Using the intelligent tester, perform the sensitivity check (see page RS-174). Standard value: 27 to 33 kg (59.52 to 72.75 lb) NEXT END RS RS–210 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM – OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM DTC Rear Occupant Classification Sensor LH Circuit Malfunction B1782 DESCRIPTION The rear occupant classification sensor LH circuit consists of the occupant classification ECU and the rear RS occupant classification sensor LH. DTC B1782 is recorded when a malfunction is detected in the rear occupant classification sensor LH circuit. DTC No. DTC Detection Condition B1782 When one of following conditions is met: • Occupant classification ECU detects line short signal, open signal, short to ground signal or short to B+ signal in the rear occupant classification sensor LH circuit for 2 seconds • Rear occupant classification sensor LH malfunction • Occupant classification ECU malfunction Trouble Area • • • Front seat wire RH Front seat RH (Rear occupant classification sensor LH) Occupant classification ECU WIRING DIAGRAM Rear Occupant Classification Sensor LH Occupant Classification ECU SVC3 SVC3 SIG3 SIG3 SGD3 SGD3 C128670E07 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM – OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM RS–211 INSPECTION PROCEDURE HINT: • If troubleshooting (wire harness inspection) is difficult to perform, remove the front passenger seat installation bolts to see the undersurface of the seat cushion. • In the above case, hold the seat so that it does not tip over. Holding the seat for a long period of time may cause a problem, such as seat rail deformation. Hold the seat up only for as long as necessary. 1 CHECK FOR DTC (a) Turn the power switch ON (IG). (b) Clear the DTCs (see page RS-182). HINT: First clear DTCs stored in the occupant classification ECU and then in the center airbag sensor. (c) Turn the power switch OFF. (d) Turn the power switch ON (IG). (e) Check the DTCs (see page RS-182). OK: DTC B1782 is not output. HINT: DTCs other than DTC B1782 may be output at this time, but they are not related to this check. OK USE SIMULATION METHOD TO CHECK NG 2 CHECK CONNECTION OF CONNECTOR (a) Turn the power switch OFF. (b) Disconnect the cable from the negative (-) battery terminal, and wait for at least 90 seconds. (c) Check that the connectors are properly connected to the occupant classification ECU and the rear occupant classification sensor LH. OK: The connectors are properly connected. NG OK CONNECT CONNECTOR RS RS–212 3 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM – OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM CHECK FRONT SEAT WIRE RH (TO B+) Front Seat Wire RH RS C B D A Occupant Classification ECU Rear Occupant Classification Sensor LH Tester Connection Specified Condition O5-3 (SGD3) - Body ground Below 1 V O5-5 (SVC3) - Body ground Below 1 V O5-9 (SIG3) - Body ground Below 1 V NG Connector B O5 (a) Disconnect the connectors from the occupant classification ECU and the rear occupant classification sensor LH. (b) Connect the cable to the negative (-) battery terminal, and wait for at least 2 seconds. (c) Turn the power switch ON (IG). (d) Measure the voltage of the wire harness side connector. Standard voltage REPAIR OR REPLACE FRONT SEAT WIRE RH SGD3 SVC3 SIG3 C130827E03 OK 4 CHECK FRONT SEAT WIRE RH (OPEN) Front Seat Wire RH D C Rear Occupant Classification Sensor LH A B Occupant Classification ECU (a) Turn the power switch OFF. (b) Disconnect the cable from the negative (-) battery terminal, and wait for at least 90 seconds. (c) Using a service wire, connect terminals O8-1 (SVC3) and O8-3 (SGD3), and connect terminals O8-2 (SIG3) and O8-3 (SGD3) of connector C. NOTICE: Do not forcibly insert a service wire into the terminals of the connector when connecting them. (d) Measure the resistance of the wire harness side connector. Standard resistance Connector C Tester Connection Connector B Service Wire O5 SGD3 SGD3 O8 SVC3 SIG3 Below 1 Ω O5-9 (SIG3) - O5-3 (SGD3) Below 1 Ω NG Service Wire H100920E24 OK O5-5 (SVC3) - O5-3 (SGD3) SVC3 SIG3 Specified Condition REPAIR OR REPLACE FRONT SEAT WIRE RH SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM – OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM 5 RS–213 CHECK FRONT SEAT WIRE RH (SHORT) Front Seat Wire RH C (a) Disconnect the service wire from connector C. (b) Measure the resistance of the wire harness side connector. Standard resistance B D A Tester Connection Specified Condition O5-5 (SVC3) - O5-3 (SGD3) 1 MΩ or higher Occupant Classification ECU Rear Occupant Classification Sensor LH NG O5-9 (SIG3) - O5-3 (SGD3) 1 MΩ or higher O5-5 (SVC3) - O5-9 (SIG3) 1 MΩ or higher REPAIR OR REPLACE FRONT SEAT WIRE RH Connector B O5 SGD3 SVC3 SIG3 C130827E03 OK 6 CHECK FRONT SEAT WIRE RH (TO GROUND) Front Seat Wire RH C B D A Rear Occupant Classification Sensor LH Occupant Classification ECU Connector B O5 SGD3 SVC3 SIG3 C130827E03 OK (a) Measure the resistance of the wire harness side connector. Standard resistance Tester Connection Specified Condition O5-3 (SGD3) - Body ground 1 MΩ or higher O5-5 (SVC3) - Body ground 1 MΩ or higher O5-9 (SIG3) - Body ground 1 MΩ or higher NG REPAIR OR REPLACE FRONT SEAT WIRE RH RS RS–214 7 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM – OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM CHECK FOR DTC (a) Connect the connectors to the occupant classification ECU and the rear occupant classification sensor LH. (b) Connect the cable to the negative (-) battery terminal, and wait for at least 2 seconds. (c) Turn the power switch ON (IG). (d) Clear the DTCs (see page RS-182). HINT: First clear DTCs stored in the occupant classification ECU and then in the center airbag sensor. (e) Turn the power switch OFF. (f) Turn the power switch ON (IG). (g) Check the DTCs (see page RS-182). OK: DTC B1782 is not output. HINT: DTCs other than DTC B1782 may be output at this time, but they are not related to this check. RS OK USE SIMULATION METHOD TO CHECK NG 8 REPLACE OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION ECU (a) Turn the power switch OFF. (b) Disconnect the cable from the negative (-) battery terminal, and wait for at least 90 seconds. (c) Replace the occupant classification ECU. HINT: Perform the inspection using parts from a normal vehicle if possible. NEXT 9 PERFORM ZERO POINT CALIBRATION (a) Connect the cable to the negative (-) battery terminal, and wait for at least 2 seconds. (b) Connect the intelligent tester to the DLC3. (c) Turn the power switch ON (IG). (d) Using the intelligent tester, perform the zero point calibration (see page RS-174). OK: COMPLETED is displayed. NG OK Go to step 12 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM – OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM 10 RS–215 PERFORM SENSITIVITY CHECK (a) Using the intelligent tester, perform the sensitivity check (see page RS-174). Standard value: 27 to 33 kg (59.52 to 72.75 lb) NG Go to step 12 OK 11 CHECK FOR DTC (a) Connect the cable to the negative (-) battery terminal, and wait for at least 2 seconds. (b) Turn the power switch ON (IG). (c) Clear the DTCs (see page RS-182). HINT: First clear DTCs stored in the occupant classification ECU and then in the center airbag sensor. (d) Turn the power switch OFF. (e) Turn the power switch ON (IG). (f) Check the DTCs (see page RS-182). OK: DTC B1782 is not output. HINT: DTCs other than DTC B1782 may be output at this time, but they are not related to this check. OK END NG 12 REPLACE FRONT SEAT ASSEMBLY RH (a) Turn the power switch OFF. (b) Disconnect the cable from the negative (-) battery terminal, and wait for at least 90 seconds. (c) Replace the front seat RH (see page SE-1). NEXT 13 PERFORM ZERO POINT CALIBRATION (a) Connect the cable to the negative (-) terminal battery, and wait for at least 2 seconds. (b) Connect the intelligent tester to the DLC3. (c) Turn the power switch ON (IG). (d) Using the intelligent tester, perform the zero point calibration (see page RS-174). OK: COMPLETED is displayed. RS RS–216 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM – OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM NEXT 14 PERFORM SENSITIVITY CHECK (a) Using the intelligent tester, perform the sensitivity check (see page RS-174). Standard value: 27 to 33 kg (59.52 to 72.75 lb) RS NEXT END SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM – OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM DTC B1783 RS–217 Rear Occupant Classification Sensor RH Circuit Malfunction DESCRIPTION The rear occupant classification sensor RH circuit consists of the occupant classification ECU and the rear occupant classification sensor RH. DTC B1783 is recorded when a malfunction is detected in the rear occupant classification sensor RH circuit. DTC No. DTC Detection Condition B1783 When one of following conditions is met: • Occupant classification ECU detects line short signal, open signal, short to ground signal or short to B+ signal in the rear occupant classification sensor RH circuit for 2 seconds • Rear occupant classification sensor RH malfunction • Occupant classification ECU malfunction Trouble Area • • • Front seat wire RH Front seat RH (Rear occupant classification sensor RH) Occupant classification ECU WIRING DIAGRAM Rear Occupant Classification Sensor RH Occupant Classification ECU SVC4 SVC4 SIG4 SIG4 SGD4 SGD4 C128670E08 RS RS–218 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM – OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM INSPECTION PROCEDURE RS HINT: • If troubleshooting (wire harness inspection) is difficult to perform, remove the front passenger seat installation bolts to see the undersurface of the seat cushion. • In the above case, hold the seat so that it does not tip over. Holding the seat for a long period of time may cause a problem, such as seat rail deformation. Hold the seat up only for as long as necessary. 1 CHECK DTC (a) Turn the power switch ON (IG). (b) Clear the DTCs (see page RS-182). HINT: First clear DTCs stored in the occupant classification ECU and then in the center airbag sensor. (c) Turn the power switch OFF. (d) Turn the power switch ON (IG). (e) Check the DTCs (see page RS-182). OK: DTC B1783 is not output. HINT: DTCs other than DTC B1783 may be output at this time, but they are not related to this check. OK USE SIMULATION METHOD TO CHECK NG 2 CHECK CONNECTION OF CONNECTOR (a) Turn the power switch OFF. (b) Disconnect the cable from the negative (-) battery terminal, and wait for at least 90 seconds. (c) Check that the connectors are properly connected to the occupant classification ECU and the rear occupant classification sensor RH. OK: The connectors are properly connected. NG OK CONNECT CONNECTOR SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM – OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM 3 RS–219 CHECK FRONT SEAT WIRE RH (TO B+) Front Seat Wire RH C B D A Occupant Classification ECU Rear Occupant Classification Sensor RH Tester Connection Specified Condition O5-4 (SGD4) - Body ground Below 1 V O5-6 (SVC4) - Body ground Below 1 V O5-10 (SIG4) - Body ground Below 1 V NG Connector B O5 (a) Disconnect the connectors from the occupant classification ECU and the rear occupant classification sensor RH. (b) Connect the cable to the negative (-) battery terminal, and wait for at least 2 seconds. (c) Turn the power switch ON (IG). (d) Measure the voltage of the wire harness side connector. Standard voltage SGD4 REPAIR OR REPLACE FRONT SEAT WIRE RH SVC4 SIG4 C130827E04 OK 4 CHECK FRONT SEAT WIRE RH (OPEN) Front Seat Wire RH D C Rear Occupant Classification Sensor RH A B Occupant Classification ECU (a) Turn the power switch OFF. (b) Disconnect the cable from the negative (-) battery terminal, and wait for at least 90 seconds. (c) Using a service wire, connect terminals O9-1 (SVC4) and O9-3 (SGD4), and connect terminals O9-2 (SIG4) and O9-3 (SGD4) of connector C. NOTICE: Do not forcibly insert a service wire into the terminals of the connector when connecting them. (d) Measure the resistance of the wire harness side connector. Standard resistance Connector C Tester Connection Connector B Service Wire O5 O9 SGD4 SGD4 SVC4 SIG4 Service Wire SVC4 H100920E25 OK O5-6 (SVC4) - O5-4 (SGD4) Below 1 Ω O5-10 (SIG4) - O5-4 (SGD4) Below 1 Ω NG SIG4 Specified Condition REPAIR OR REPLACE FRONT SEAT WIRE RH RS RS–220 5 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM – OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM CHECK FRONT SEAT WIRE RH (SHORT) Front Seat Wire RH RS C (a) Disconnect the service wire from connector C. (b) Measure the resistance of the wire harness side connector. Standard resistance B D A Occupant Classification ECU Rear Occupant Classification Sensor RH Tester Connection Specified Condition O5-6 (SVC4) - O5-4 (SGD4) 1 MΩ or higher O5-10 (SIG4) - O5-4 (SGD4) 1 MΩ or higher O5-6 (SVC4) - O5-10 (SIG4) 1 MΩ or higher NG REPAIR OR REPLACE FRONT SEAT WIRE RH Connector B O5 SGD4 SVC4 SIG4 C130827E04 OK 6 CHECK FRONT SEAT WIRE RH (TO GROUND) Front Seat Wire RH C B D A Rear Occupant Classification Sensor RH Occupant Classification ECU Connector B O5 SGD4 SVC4 SIG4 C130827E04 OK (a) Measure the resistance of the wire harness side connector. Standard resistance Tester Connection Specified Condition O5-4 (SGD4) - Body ground 1 MΩ or higher O5-6 (SVC4) - Body ground 1 MΩ or higher O5-10 (SIG4) - Body ground 1 MΩ or higher NG REPAIR OR REPLACE FRONT SEAT WIRE RH SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM – OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM 7 RS–221 CHECK FOR DTC (a) Connect the connectors to the occupant classification ECU and the rear occupant classification sensor RH. (b) Connect the cable to the negative (-) battery terminal, and wait for at least 2 seconds. (c) Turn the power switch ON (IG). (d) Clear the DTCs (see page RS-182). HINT: First clear DTCs stored in the occupant classification ECU and then in the center airbag sensor. (e) Turn the power switch OFF. (f) Turn the power switch ON (IG). (g) Check the DTCs (see page RS-182). OK: DTC B1783 is not output. HINT: DTCs other than DTC B1783 may be output at this time, but they are not related to this check. OK USE SIMULATION METHOD TO CHECK NG 8 REPLACE OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION ECU (a) Turn the power switch OFF. (b) Disconnect the cable from the negative (-) battery terminal, and wait for at least 90 seconds. (c) Replace the occupant classification ECU. HINT: Perform the inspection using parts from a normal vehicle if possible. NEXT 9 PERFORM ZERO POINT CALIBRATION (a) Connect the cable to the negative (-) battery terminal, and wait for at least 2 seconds. (b) Connect the intelligent tester to the DLC3. (c) Turn the power switch ON (IG). (d) Using the intelligent tester, perform the zero point calibration (see page RS-174). OK: COMPLETED is displayed. NG OK Go to step 12 RS RS–222 10 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM – OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM PERFORM SENSITIVITY CHECK (a) Using the intelligent tester, perform the sensitivity check (see page RS-174). Standard values: 27 to 33 kg (59.52 to 72.75 lb) RS NG Go to step 12 OK 11 CHECK FOR DTC (a) Connect the cable to the negative (-) battery terminal, and wait for at least 2 seconds. (b) Turn the power switch ON (IG). (c) Clear the DTCs (see page RS-182). HINT: First clear DTCs stored in the occupant classification ECU and then in the center airbag sensor. (d) Turn the power switch OFF. (e) Turn the power switch ON (IG). (f) Check the DTCs (see page RS-182). OK: DTC B1783 is not output. HINT: DTCs other than DTC B1783 may be output at this time, but they are not related to this check. OK END NG 12 REPLACE FRONT SEAT ASSEMBLY RH (a) Turn the power switch OFF. (b) Disconnect the cable from the negative (-) battery terminal, and wait for at least 90 seconds. (c) Replace the front seat RH (see page SE-1). NEXT 13 PERFORM ZERO POINT CALIBRATION (a) Connect the cable to the negative (-) battery terminal, and wait for at least 2 seconds. (b) Connect the intelligent tester to the DLC3. (c) Turn the power switch ON (IG). (d) Using the intelligent tester, perform the zero point calibration (see page RS-174). OK: COMPLETED is displayed. SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM – OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM RS–223 NEXT 14 PERFORM SENSITIVITY CHECK (a) Using the intelligent tester, perform the sensitivity check (see page RS-174). Standard values: 27 to 33 kg (59.52 to 72.75 lb) NEXT END RS RS–224 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM – OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM DTC B1785 Front Occupant Classification Sensor LH Collision Detection DESCRIPTION DTC B1785 is output when the occupant classification ECU receives a collision detection signal sent by RS the front occupant classification sensor LH when an accident occurs. DTC B1785 is also output when the front seat RH is subjected to a strong impact, even if an actual accident does not occur. However, when the occupant classification ECU outputs a collision detection signal, even if the vehicle is not in a collision, DTC B1785 can be cleared by performing the zero point calibration and sensitivity check. Therefore, when DTC B1785 is output, first perform the zero point calibration and sensitivity check. DTC No. DTC Detection Condition When one of following conditions is met: • Front seat RH malfunction • Occupant classification ECU malfunction • Front occupant classification sensor LH detects large load B1785 Trouble Area • • Occupant classification ECU Front seat RH (Front occupant classification sensor LH) WIRING DIAGRAM Front Occupant Classification Sensor LH Occupant Classification ECU SVC1 SVC1 SIG1 SIG1 SGD1 SGD1 C128670E09 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM – OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM RS–225 INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1 PERFORM ZERO POINT CALIBRATION (a) Connect the intelligent tester (with CAN VIM) to the DLC3. (b) Turn the power switch ON (IG). (c) Using the intelligent tester, perform the zero point calibration (see page RS-174). OK: COMPLETED is displayed. NG Go to step 4 OK 2 PERFORM SENSITIVITY CHECK (a) Using the intelligent tester, perform the sensitivity check (see page RS-174). Standard value: 27 to 33 kg (59.52 to 72.75 lb) NG Go to step 4 OK 3 CHECK FOR DTC (a) Turn the power switch ON (IG). (b) Clear the DTCs (see page RS-182). HINT: First clear DTCs stored in the occupant classification ECU and then in the center airbag sensor. (c) Turn the power switch OFF. (d) Turn the power switch ON (IG). (e) Check the DTCs (see page RS-182). OK: DTC B1785 is not output. HINT: DTCs other than DTC B1785 may be output at this time, but they are not related to this check. OK USE SIMULATION METHOD TO CHECK NG 4 REPLACE FRONT SEAT ASSEMBLY RH (a) Turn the power switch OFF. (b) Disconnect the cable from the negative (-) battery terminal, and wait for at least 90 seconds. RS RS–226 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM – OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM (c) Replace the front seat RH (see page SE-1). HINT: Perform the inspection using parts from a normal vehicle if possible. NEXT RS 5 PERFORM ZERO POINT CALIBRATION (a) Connect the cable to the negative (-) battery terminal, and wait for at least 2 seconds. (b) Connect the intelligent tester (with CAN VIM) to the DLC3. (c) Turn the power switch ON (IG). (d) Using the intelligent tester, perform the zero point calibration (see page RS-174). OK: COMPLETED is displayed. NG Go to step 8 OK 6 PERFORM SENSITIVITY CHECK (a) Using the intelligent tester, perform the sensitivity check (see page RS-174). Standard value: 27 to 33 kg (59.52 to 72.75 lb) NG Go to step 8 OK 7 CHECK FOR DTC (a) Turn the power switch ON (IG). (b) Clear the DTCs (see page RS-182). HINT: First clear DTCs stored in the occupant classification ECU and then in the center airbag sensor. (c) Turn the power switch OFF. (d) Turn the power switch ON (IG). (e) Check the DTCs (see page RS-182). OK: DTC B1785 is not output. HINT: DTCs other than DTC B1785 may be output at this time, but they are not related to this check. OK NG USE SIMULATION METHOD TO CHECK SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM – OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM 8 RS–227 REPLACE OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION ECU (a) Turn the power switch OFF. (b) Disconnect the cable from the negative (-) battery terminal, and wait for at least 90 seconds. (c) Replace the occupant classification ECU. NEXT 9 PERFORM ZERO POINT CALIBRATION (a) Connect the cable to the negative (-) battery terminal, and wait for at least 2 seconds. (b) Connect the intelligent tester to the DLC3. (c) Turn the power switch ON (IG). (d) Using the intelligent tester, perform the zero point calibration (see page RS-174). OK: COMPLETED is displayed. NEXT 10 PERFORM SENSITIVITY CHECK (a) Using the intelligent tester, perform the sensitivity check (see page RS-174). Standard value: 27 to 33 kg (59.52 to 72.75 lb) NEXT END RS RS–228 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM – OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM DTC B1786 Front Occupant Classification Sensor RH Collision Detection DESCRIPTION DTC B1786 is output when the occupant classification ECU receives a collision detection signal sent by RS the front occupant classification sensor RH when an accident occurs. DTC B1786 is also output when the front seat RH is subjected to a strong impact, even if an actual accident does not occur. However, when the occupant classification ECU outputs a collision detection signal, even if the vehicle is not in a collision, DTC B1786 can be cleared by performing the zero point calibration and sensitivity check. Therefore, when DTC B1786 is output, first perform the zero point calibration and sensitivity check. DTC No. DTC Detection Condition When one of following conditions is met: • Front seat RH malfunction • Occupant classification ECU malfunction • Front occupant classification sensor RH detects large load B1786 Trouble Area • • Occupant classification ECU Front seat RH (Front occupant classification sensor RH) WIRING DIAGRAM Front Occupant Classification Sensor RH Occupant Classification ECU SVC2 SVC2 SIG2 SIG2 SGD2 SGD2 C128670E10 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM – OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM RS–229 INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1 PERFORM ZERO POINT CALIBRATION (a) Connect the intelligent tester to the DLC3. (b) Turn the power switch ON (IG). (c) Using the intelligent tester, perform the zero point calibration (see page RS-174). OK: COMPLETED is displayed. NG Go to step 4 OK 2 PERFORM SENSITIVITY CHECK (a) Using the intelligent tester, perform the sensitivity check (see page RS-174). Standard value: 27 to 33 kg (59.52 to 72.75 lb) NG Go to step 4 OK 3 CHECK FOR DTC (a) Turn the power switch ON (IG). (b) Clear the DTCs (see page RS-182). HINT: First clear DTCs stored in the occupant classification ECU and then in the center airbag sensor. (c) Turn the power switch OFF. (d) Turn the power switch ON (IG). (e) Check the DTCs (see page RS-182). OK: DTC B1786 is not output. HINT: DTCs other than DTC B1786 may be output at this time, but they are not related to this check. OK USE SIMULATION METHOD TO CHECK NG 4 REPLACE FRONT SEAT ASSEMBLY RH (a) Turn the power switch OFF. (b) Disconnect the cable from the negative (-) battery terminal, and wait for at least 90 seconds. (c) Replace the front seat RH (see page SE-1). RS RS–230 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM – OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM HINT: Perform the inspection using parts from a normal vehicle if possible. NEXT RS 5 PERFORM ZERO POINT CALIBRATION (a) Connect the cable to the negative (-) battery terminal, and wait for at least 2 seconds. (b) Connect the intelligent tester to the DLC3. (c) Turn the power switch ON (IG). (d) Using the intelligent tester, perform the zero point calibration (see page RS-174). OK: COMPLETED is displayed. NG Go to step 8 OK 6 PERFORM SENSITIVITY CHECK (a) Using the intelligent tester, perform the sensitivity check (see page RS-174). Standard value: 27 to 33 kg (59.52 to 72.75 lb) NG Go to step 8 OK 7 CHECK FOR DTC (a) Turn the power switch ON (IG). (b) Clear the DTCs (see page RS-182). HINT: First clear DTCs stored in the occupant classification ECU and then in the center airbag sensor. (c) Turn the power switch OFF. (d) Turn the power switch ON (IG). (e) Check the DTCs (see page RS-182). OK: DTC B1786 is not output. HINT: DTCs other than DTC B1786 may be output at this time, but they are not related to this check. OK NG USE SIMULATION METHOD TO CHECK SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM – OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM 8 RS–231 REPLACE OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION ECU (a) Turn the power switch OFF. (b) Disconnect the cable from the negative (-) battery terminal, and wait for at least 90 seconds. (c) Replace the occupant classification ECU. NEXT 9 PERFORM ZERO POINT CALIBRATION (a) Connect the cable to the negative (-) battery terminal, and wait for at least 2 seconds. (b) Connect the intelligent tester to the DLC3. (c) Turn the power switch ON (IG). (d) Using the intelligent tester, perform the zero point calibration (see page RS-174). OK: COMPLETED is displayed. NEXT 10 PERFORM SENSITIVITY CHECK (a) Using the intelligent tester, perform the sensitivity check (see page RS-174). Standard value: 27 to 33 kg (59.52 to 72.75 lb) NEXT END RS RS–232 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM – OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM DTC B1787 Rear Occupant Classification Sensor LH Collision Detection DESCRIPTION DTC B1787 is output when the occupant classification ECU receives a collision detection signal sent by RS the rear occupant classification sensor LH when an accident occurs. DTC B1787 is also output when the front seat RH is subjected to a strong impact, even if an actual accident does not occur. However, when the occupant classification ECU outputs a collision detection signal, even if the vehicle is not in a collision, DTC B1787 can be cleared by performing the zero point calibration and sensitivity check. Therefore, when DTC B1787 is output, first perform the zero point calibration and sensitivity check. DTC No. DTC Detection Condition When one of following conditions is met: • Front seat RH malfunction • Occupant classification ECU malfunction • Rear occupant classification sensor LH detects large load B1787 Trouble Area • • Occupant classification ECU Front seat RH (Rear occupant classification sensor LH) WIRING DIAGRAM Rear Occupant Classification Sensor LH Occupant Classification ECU SVC3 SVC3 SIG3 SIG3 SGD3 SGD3 C128670E11 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM – OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM RS–233 INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1 PERFORM ZERO POINT CALIBRATION (a) Connect the intelligent tester to the DLC3. (b) Turn the power switch ON (IG). (c) Using the intelligent tester, perform the zero point calibration (see page RS-174). OK: COMPLETED is displayed. NG Go to step 4 OK 2 PERFORM SENSITIVITY CHECK (a) Using the intelligent tester, perform the sensitivity check (see page RS-174). Standard value: 27 to 33 kg (59.52 to 72.75 lb) NG Go to step 4 OK 3 CHECK FOR DTC (a) Turn the power switch ON (IG). (b) Clear the DTCs (see page RS-182). HINT: First clear DTCs stored in the occupant classification ECU and then in the center airbag sensor. (c) Turn the power switch OFF. (d) Turn the power switch ON (IG). (e) Check the DTCs (see page RS-182). OK: DTC B1787 is not output. HINT: DTCs other than DTC B1787 may be output at this time, but they are not related to this check. OK USE SIMULATION METHOD TO CHECK NG 4 REPLACE FRONT SEAT ASSEMBLY RH (a) Turn the power switch OFF. (b) Disconnect the cable from the negative (-) battery terminal, and wait for at least 90 seconds. (c) Replace the front seat RH (see page SE-1). RS RS–234 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM – OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM HINT: Perform the inspection using parts from a normal vehicle if possible. NEXT RS 5 PERFORM ZERO POINT CALIBRATION (a) Connect the cable to the negative (-) battery terminal, and wait for at least 2 seconds. (b) Connect the intelligent tester to the DLC3. (c) Turn the power switch ON (IG). (d) Using the intelligent tester, perform the zero point calibration (see page RS-174). OK: COMPLETED is displayed. NG Go to step 8 OK 6 PERFORM SENSITIVITY CHECK (a) Using the intelligent tester, perform the sensitivity check (see page RS-174). Standard value: 27 to 33 kg (59.52 to 72.75 lb) NG Go to step 8 OK 7 CHECK FOR DTC (a) Turn the power switch ON (IG). (b) Clear the DTCs (see page RS-182). HINT: First clear DTCs stored in the occupant classification ECU and then in the center airbag sensor. (c) Turn the power switch OFF. (d) Turn the power switch ON (IG). (e) Check the DTCs (see page RS-182). OK: DTC B1787 is not output. HINT: DTCs other than DTC B1787 may be output at this time, but they are not related to this check. OK NG USE SIMULATION METHOD TO CHECK SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM – OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM 8 RS–235 REPLACE OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION ECU (a) Turn the power switch OFF. (b) Disconnect the cable from the negative (-) battery terminal, and wait for at least 90 seconds. (c) Replace the occupant classification ECU (see page ). NEXT 9 PERFORM ZERO POINT CALIBRATION (a) Connect the cable to the negative (-) battery terminal, and wait for at least 2 seconds. (b) Connect the intelligent tester to the DLC3. (c) Turn the power switch ON (IG). (d) Using the intelligent tester, perform the zero point calibration (see page RS-174). OK: COMPLETED is displayed. NEXT 10 PERFORM SENSITIVITY CHECK (a) Using the intelligent tester, perform the sensitivity check (see page RS-174). Standard value: 27 to 33 kg (59.52 to 72.75 lb) NEXT END RS RS–236 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM – OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM DTC B1788 Rear Occupant Classification Sensor RH Collision Detection DESCRIPTION DTC B1788 is output when the occupant classification ECU receives a collision detection signal sent by RS the rear occupant classification sensor RH when an accident occurs. DTC B1788 is also output when the front seat RH is subjected to a strong impact, even if an actual accident does not occur. However, when the occupant classification ECU outputs a collision detection signal, even if the vehicle is not in a collision, DTC B1788 can be cleared by performing the zero point calibration and sensitivity check. Therefore, when DTC B1788 is output, first perform the zero point calibration and sensitivity check. DTC No. DTC Detection Condition When one of following conditions is met: • Front seat RH malfunction • Occupant classification ECU malfunction • Rear occupant classification sensor RH detects large load B1788 Trouble Area • • Occupant classification ECU Front seat RH (Rear occupant classification sensor RH) WIRING DIAGRAM Rear Occupant Classification Sensor RH Occupant Classification ECU SVC4 SVC4 SIG4 SIG4 SGD4 SGD4 C128670E12 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM – OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM RS–237 INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1 PERFORM ZERO POINT CALIBRATION (a) Connect the intelligent tester to the DLC3. (b) Turn the power switch ON (IG). (c) Using the intelligent tester, perform the zero point calibration (see page RS-174). OK: COMPLETED is displayed. NG Go to step 4 OK 2 PERFORM SENSITIVITY CHECK (a) Using the intelligent tester, perform the sensitivity check (see page RS-174). Standard value: 27 to 33 kg (59.52 to 72.75 lb) NG Go to step 4 OK 3 CHECK FOR DTC (a) Turn the power switch ON (IG). (b) Clear the DTCs (see page RS-182). HINT: First clear DTCs stored in the occupant classification ECU and then in the center airbag sensor. (c) Turn the power switch OFF. (d) Turn the power switch ON (IG). (e) Check the DTCs (see page RS-182). OK: DTC B1788 is not output. HINT: DTCs other than DTC B1788 may be output at this time, but they are not related to this check. OK USE SIMULATION METHOD TO CHECK NG 4 REPLACE FRONT SEAT ASSEMBLY RH (a) Turn the power switch OFF. (b) Disconnect the cable from the negative (-) battery terminal, and wait for at least 90 seconds. (c) Replace the front seat RH (see page SE-1). RS RS–238 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM – OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM HINT: Perform the inspection using parts from a normal vehicle if possible. NEXT RS 5 PERFORM ZERO POINT CALIBRATION (a) Connect the cable to the negative (-) battery terminal, and wait for at least 2 seconds. (b) Connect the intelligent tester to the DLC3. (c) Turn the power switch ON (IG). (d) Using the intelligent tester, perform the zero point calibration (see page RS-174). OK: COMPLETED is displayed. NG Go to step 8 OK 6 PERFORM SENSITIVITY CHECK (a) Using the intelligent tester, perform the sensitivity check (see page RS-174). Standard value: 27 to 33 kg (59.52 to 72.75 lb) NG Go to step 8 OK 7 CHECK FOR DTC (a) Turn the power switch ON (IG). (b) Clear the DTCs (see page RS-182). HINT: First clear DTCs stored in the occupant classification ECU and then in the center airbag sensor. (c) Turn the power switch OFF. (d) Turn the power switch ON (IG). (e) Check the DTCs (see page RS-182). OK: DTC B1788 is not output. HINT: DTCs other than DTC B1788 may be output at this time, but they are not related to this check. OK NG USE SIMULATION METHOD TO CHECK SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM – OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM 8 RS–239 REPLACE OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION ECU (a) Turn the power switch OFF. (b) Disconnect the cable from the negative (-) battery terminal, and wait for at least 90 seconds. (c) Replace the occupant classification ECU. NEXT 9 PERFORM ZERO POINT CALIBRATION (a) Connect the cable to the negative (-) battery terminal, and wait for at least 2 seconds. (b) Connect the intelligent tester to the DLC3. (c) Turn the power switch ON (IG). (d) Using the intelligent tester, perform the zero point calibration (see page RS-174). OK: COMPLETED is displayed. NEXT 10 PERFORM SENSITIVITY CHECK (a) Using the intelligent tester, perform the sensitivity check (see page RS-174). Standard value: 27 to 33 kg (59.52 to 72.75 lb) NEXT END RS RS–240 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM – OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM DTC B1790 Center Airbag Sensor Assembly Communication Circuit Malfunction DESCRIPTION The center airbag sensor communication circuit consists of the occupant classification ECU and the RS center airbag sensor. DTC B1790 is recorded when a malfunction is detected in the center airbag sensor communication circuit. DTC No. DTC Detection Condition B1790 When one of following conditions is met: • Occupant classification ECU detects line short signal, open signal, short to ground signal or short circuit to B+ signal in the center airbag sensor communication circuit for 2 seconds • Center airbag sensor malfunction • Occupant classification ECU malfunction Trouble Area • • • Floor wire Occupant classification ECU Center airbag sensor WIRING DIAGRAM Occupant Classification ECU Center Airbag Sensor FSR+ FSP+ FSR- FSP- C123527E03 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM – OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM RS–241 INSPECTION PROCEDURE HINT: • If troubleshooting (wire harness inspection) is difficult to perform, remove the front passenger seat installation bolts to see the undersurface of the seat cushion. • In the above case, hold the seat so that it does not tip over. Holding the seat for a long period of time may cause a problem, such as seat rail deformation. Hold the seat up only for as long as necessary. 1 CHECK FOR DTC (a) Turn the power switch ON (IG). (b) Clear the DTCs (see page RS-182). HINT: First clear DTCs stored in the occupant classification ECU and then in the center airbag sensor. (c) Turn the power switch OFF. (d) Turn the power switch ON (IG). (e) Check the DTCs (see page RS-182). OK: DTC B1790 is not output. HINT: DTCs other than DTC B1790 may be output at this time, but they are not related to this check. OK USE SIMULATION METHOD TO CHECK NG 2 CHECK CONNECTION OF CONNECTOR (a) Turn the power switch OFF. (b) Disconnect the cable from the negative (-) battery terminal, and wait for at least 90 seconds. (c) Check that the connectors are properly connected to the occupant classification ECU and the center airbag sensor. OK: The connectors are properly connected. NG OK CONNECT CONNECTOR RS RS–242 3 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM – OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM CHECK FLOOR WIRE (TO B+) Floor Wire RS C B D A Center Airbag Sensor Assembly Occupant Classification ECU (a) Disconnect the connectors from the occupant classification ECU and the center airbag sensor. (b) Connect the cable to the negative (-) battery terminal, and wait for at least 2 seconds. (c) Turn the power switch ON (IG). (d) Measure the voltage of the wire harness side connector. Standard voltage Tester Connection Specified Condition O4-8 (FSR+) - Body ground Below 1 V O4-4 (FSR-) - Body ground Below 1 V NG REPAIR OR REPLACE FLOOR WIRE Connector C O4 FSR- FSR+ H100922E06 OK 4 CHECK FLOOR WIRE (OPEN) Floor Wire C B A D Center Airbag Sensor Occupant Classification ECU (a) Turn the power switch OFF. (b) Disconnect the cable from the negative (-) battery terminal, and wait for at least 90 seconds. (c) Using a service wire, connect terminals A19-16 (FSP+) and A19-24 (FSP-) of connector B. NOTICE: Do not forcibly insert a service wire into the terminals of the connector when connecting them. (d) Measure the resistance of the wire harness side connector. Standard resistance Connector B Connector C A19 O4 FSR+ NG FSR- FSP- FSP+ Service Wire C130815E01 OK Tester Connection Specified Condition O4-8 (FSR+) - O4-4 (FSR-) Below 1 Ω REPAIR OR REPLACE FLOOR WIRE SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM – OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM 5 RS–243 CHECK FLOOR WIRE (SHORT) (a) Disconnect the service wire from connector B. (b) Measure the resistance of the wire harness side connector. Standard resistance Floor Wire C B D A Center Airbag Sensor Assembly Occupant Classification ECU NG Tester Connection Specified Condition O4-8 (FSR+) - O4-4 (FSR-) 1 MΩ or higher REPAIR OR REPLACE FLOOR WIRE Connector C O4 FSR- FSR+ H100922E06 OK 6 CHECK FLOOR WIRE (TO GROUND) (a) Measure the resistance of the wire harness side connector. Standard resistance Floor Wire C B D A Center Airbag Sensor Assembly Occupant Classification ECU Specified Condition 1 MΩ or higher O4-4 (FSR-) - Body ground 1 MΩ or higher NG Connector C O4 FSR- FSR+ H100922E06 OK Tester Connection O4-8 (FSR+) - Body ground REPAIR OR REPLACE FLOOR WIRE RS RS–244 7 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM – OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM CHECK FOR DTC (a) Connect the connectors to the occupant classification ECU and the center airbag sensor. (b) Connect the cable to the negative (-) battery terminal, and wait for at least 2 seconds. (c) Turn the power switch ON (IG). (d) Clear the DTCs (see page RS-182). HINT: First clear DTCs stored in the occupant classification ECU and then in the center airbag sensor. (e) Turn the power switch OFF. (f) Turn the power switch ON (IG). (g) Check the DTCs (see page RS-182). OK: DTC B1790 is not output. HINT: DTCs other than DTC B1790 may be output at this time, but they are not related to this check. RS OK USE SIMULATION METHOD TO CHECK NG 8 REPLACE OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION ECU (a) Turn the power switch OFF. (b) Disconnect the cable from the negative (-) battery terminal, and wait for at least 90 seconds. (c) Replace the occupant classification ECU. HINT: Perform the inspection using parts from a normal vehicle if possible. NEXT 9 PERFORM ZERO POINT CALIBRATION (a) Connect the cable to the negative (-) terminal battery, and wait for at least 2 seconds. (b) Connect the intelligent tester (with CAN VIM) to the DLC3. (c) Turn the power switch ON (IG). (d) Using the intelligent tester, perform the zero point calibration (see page RS-174). OK: COMPLETED is displayed. NEXT SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM – OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM 10 RS–245 PERFORM SENSITIVITY CHECK (a) Using the intelligent tester, perform the sensitivity check (see page RS-174). Standard values: 27 to 33 kg (59.52 to 72.75 lb) NEXT 11 CHECK FOR DTC (a) Turn the power switch ON (IG). (b) Clear the DTCs (see page RS-182). HINT: First clear DTCs stored in the occupant classification ECU and then in the center airbag sensor. (c) Turn the power switch OFF. (d) Turn the power switch ON (IG). (e) Check the DTCs (see page RS-182). OK: DTC B1790 is not output. HINT: DTCs other than DTC B1790 may be output at this time, but they are not related to this check. NG OK END REPLACE CENTER AIRBAG SENSOR ASSEMBLY RS RS–246 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM – OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM DTC B1793 Occupant Classification Sensor Power Supply Circuit Malfunction DESCRIPTION The occupant classification sensor power supply circuit consists of the occupant classification ECU and RS the occupant classification sensors. DTC B1793 is recorded when a malfunction is detected in the occupant classification sensor power supply circuit. DTC No. DTC Detection Condition B1793 When one of following conditions is met: • Occupant classification ECU detects line short signal, open signal, short to ground signal or short to B+ signal in the occupant classification sensor power supply circuit for 2 seconds • Occupant classification ECU malfunction Trouble Area • • • Front seat wire RH Front seat RH (Occupant classification sensors) Occupant classification ECU SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM – OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM RS–247 WIRING DIAGRAM Front Occupant Classification Sensor LH Occupant Classification ECU RS SVC1 SVC1 Front Occupant Classification Sensor RH SVC2 SVC2 Rear Occupant Classification Sensor LH SVC3 SVC3 Rear Occupant Classification Sensor RH SVC4 SVC4 C128672E03 INSPECTION PROCEDURE HINT: • If troubleshooting (wire harness inspection) is difficult to perform, remove the front passenger seat installation bolts to see the undersurface of the seat cushion. • In the above case, hold the seat so that it does not tip over. Holding the seat for a long period of time may cause a problem, such as seat rail deformation. Hold the seat up only for as long as necessary. 1 CHECK FOR DTC (a) Turn the power switch ON (IG). (b) Clear the DTCs (see page RS-182). RS–248 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM – OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM HINT: First clear DTCs stored in the occupant classification ECU and then in the center airbag sensor. (c) Turn the power switch OFF. (d) Turn the power switch ON (IG). (e) Check the DTCs (see page RS-182). OK: DTC B1793 is not output. HINT: DTCs other than DTC B1793 may be output at this time, but they are not related to this check. RS OK USE SIMULATION METHOD TO CHECK NG 2 CHECK CONNECTION OF CONNECTOR (a) Turn the power switch OFF. (b) Disconnect the cable from the negative (-) battery terminal, and wait for at least 90 seconds. (c) Check that the connectors are properly connected to the occupant classification ECU and the occupant classification sensors. OK: The connectors are properly connected. NG CONNECT CONNECTOR OK 3 CHECK FRONT SEAT WIRE RH (TO B+) O5 (a) Disconnect the connectors from the occupant classification ECU and the 4 occupant classification sensors. (b) Connect the cable to the negative (-) battery terminal, and wait for at least 2 seconds. (c) Turn the power switch ON (IG). (d) Measure the voltage of the wire harness side connector. Standard voltage SVC3 SVC4 SVC2 SVC1 H043111E43 Specified Condition O5-11 (SVC1) - Body ground Below 1 V O5-12 (SVC2) - Body ground Below 1 V O5-5 (SVC3) - Body ground Below 1 V O5-6 (SVC4) - Body ground Below 1 V NG OK Tester Connection REPAIR OR REPLACE FRONT SEAT WIRE RH SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM – OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM 4 RS–249 CHECK FRONT SEAT WIRE RH (TO GROUND) O5 (a) Turn the power switch OFF. (b) Disconnect the cable from the negative (-) battery terminal, and wait for at least 90 seconds. (c) Measure the resistance of the wire harness side connector. Standard resistance SVC3 SVC4 SVC2 Tester Connection SVC1 Specified Condition O5-11 (SVC1) - Body ground 1 MΩ or higher O5-12 (SVC2) - Body ground 1 MΩ or higher H043111E43 O5-5 (SVC3) - Body ground 1 MΩ or higher O5-6 (SVC4) - Body ground 1 MΩ or higher NG OK REPAIR OR REPLACE FRONT SEAT WIRE RH RS RS–250 5 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM – OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM CHECK FRONT SEAT WIRE RH (OPEN) (a) Measure the resistance of the wire harness side connectors. Standard resistance Front Seat Wire RH RS C B D Tester Connection Specified Condition O5-11 (SVC1) - O6-1 (SVC1) Below 1 Ω O5-12 (SVC2) - O7-1 (SVC2) Below 1 Ω O5-5 (SVC3) - O8-1 (SVC3) Below 1 Ω O5-6 (SVC4) - O9-1 (SVC4) Below 1 Ω A Occupant Classification ECU Occupant Classification Sensor Connector C NG REPAIR OR REPLACE FRONT SEAT WIRE RH Front LH O6 SVC1 Front RH O7 SVC2 Rear LH Connector B SVC3 O5 SVC4 O8 SVC2 SVC3 SVC1 Rear RH O9 SVC4 H100925E04 OK 6 CHECK FRONT SEAT WIRE RH (SHORT) O5 (a) Measure the resistance of the wire harness side connector. Standard resistance SVC3 SVC4 SVC2 SVC1 H043111E43 Tester Connection Specified Condition O5-5 (SVC3) - O5-6 (SVC4) 1 MΩ or higher O5-6 (SVC4) - O5-11 (SVC1) 1 MΩ or higher O5-11 (SVC1) - O5-12 (SVC2) 1 MΩ or higher O5-12 (SVC2) - O5-5 (SVC3) 1 MΩ or higher O5-12 (SVC2) - O5-6 (SVC4) 1 MΩ or higher O5-11 (SVC1) - O5-5 (SVC3) 1 MΩ or higher SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM – OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM NG RS–251 REPAIR OR REPLACE FRONT SEAT WIRE RH OK 7 RS CHECK FOR DTC (a) Connect the connectors to the occupant classification ECU and the 4 occupant classification sensors. (b) Connect the cable to the negative (-) battery terminal, and wait for at least 2 seconds. (c) Turn the power switch ON (IG). (d) Clear the DTCs (see page RS-182). HINT: First clear DTCs stored in the occupant classification ECU and then in the center airbag sensor. (e) Turn the power switch OFF. (f) Turn the power switch ON (IG). (g) Check the DTCs (see page RS-182). OK: DTC B1793 is not output. HINT: DTCs other than DTC B1793 may be output at this time, but they are not related to this check. OK USE SIMULATION METHOD TO CHECK NG 8 REPLACE OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION ECU (a) Turn the power switch OFF. (b) Disconnect the cable from the negative (-) battery terminal, and wait for at least 90 seconds. (c) Replace the occupant classification ECU. HINT: Perform the inspection using parts from a normal vehicle if possible. NEXT 9 PERFORM ZERO POINT CALIBRATION (a) Connect the cable to the negative (-) battery terminal, and wait for at least 2 seconds. (b) Connect the intelligent tester to the DLC3. (c) Turn the power switch ON (IG). (d) Using the intelligent tester, perform the zero point calibration (see page RS-174). OK: COMPLETED is displayed. NG Go to step 12 RS–252 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM – OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM OK 10 PERFORM SENSITIVITY CHECK (a) Using the intelligent tester, perform the sensitivity check (see page RS-174). Standard value: 27 to 33 kg (59.52 to 72.75 lb) RS NG Go to step 12 OK 11 CHECK FOR DTC (a) Connect the cable to the negative (-) battery terminal, and wait for at least 2 seconds. (b) Turn the power switch ON (IG). (c) Clear the DTCs (see page RS-182). HINT: First clear DTCs stored in the occupant classification ECU and then in the center airbag sensor. (d) Turn the power switch OFF. (e) Turn the power switch ON (IG). (f) Check the DTCs (see page RS-182). OK: DTC B1793 is not output. HINT: DTCs other than DTC B1793 may be output at this time, but they are related to this check. OK END NG 12 REPLACE FRONT SEAT ASSEMBLY RH (a) Turn the power switch OFF. (b) Disconnect the cable from the negative (-) battery terminal, and wait for at least 90 seconds. (c) Replace the front seat RH (see page SE-1). NEXT 13 PERFORM ZERO POINT CALIBRATION (a) Connect the cable to the negative (-) battery terminal, and wait for at least 2 seconds. (b) Connect the intelligent tester to the DLC3. (c) Turn the power switch ON (IG). (d) Using the intelligent tester, perform the zero point calibration (see page RS-174). SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM – OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM RS–253 OK: COMPLETED is displayed. NEXT 14 PERFORM SENSITIVITY CHECK RS (a) Using the intelligent tester, perform the sensitivity check (see page RS-174). Standard value: 27 to 33 kg (59.52 to 72.75 lb) NEXT END RS–254 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM – OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM DTC Open in Occupant Classification ECU Battery Positive Line B1794 DESCRIPTION RS DTC B1794 is set when a malfunction is detected in the occupant classification ECU battery positive line. DTC No. B1794 DTC Detection Condition Trouble Area When one of following conditions is met: • Occupant classification ECU circuit malfunction • Occupant classification ECU malfunction • Occupant classification ECU detects short to ground signal in passenger side buckle switch circuit for 2 seconds • • Wire harness Occupant classification ECU WIRING DIAGRAM Occupant Classification ECU from DOME Fuse ECU-B +B from IG1 Relay ECU-IG IG GND C130828E01 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM – OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM RS–255 INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1 CHECK FOR DTC (a) Turn the power switch ON (IG). (b) Clear the DTCs (see page RS-182). HINT: First clear DTCs stored in the occupant classification ECU and then in the center airbag sensor. (c) Turn the power switch OFF, and wait for at least 10 seconds. (d) Turn the power switch ON (IG). (e) Check the DTCs (see page RS-182). OK: DTC B1794 is not output. HINT: DTCs other than B1794 may be output at this time, but they are not related to this check. OK USE SIMULATION METHOD TO CHECK NG 2 CHECK CONNECTION OF CONNECTOR (a) Turn the power switch OFF. (b) Disconnect the cable from the negative (-) battery terminal, and wait for at least 90 seconds. (c) Check that the connectors are properly connected to the occupant classification ECU. OK: The connectors are properly connected. NG CONNECT CONNECTOR OK 3 CHECK WIRE HARNESS (SOURCE VOLTAGE) (a) Turn the power switch OFF. (b) Disconnect the cable from the negative (-) battery terminal, and wait for at least 90 seconds. (c) Disconnect the O4 connector from the occupant classification ECU. (d) Connect the cable to the negative (-) battery terminal, and wait for at least 2 seconds. (e) Measure the voltage of the wire harness side connector. Standard voltage Wire Harness Side O4 GND +B IG H043112E15 Tester Connection Condition Specified Condition O4-1 (+B) - Body ground Always 10 to 14 V O4-7 (IG) - Body ground Power switch ON (IG) 10 to 14 V RS RS–256 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM – OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM (f) RS Measure the resistance of the wire harness side connector. Standard resistance Tester Connection Specified Condition O4-3 (GND) - Body ground Below 1 Ω NG REPAIR OR REPLACE HARNESS AND CONNECTOR (BATTERY - OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION ECU) OK 4 CHECK FOR DTC (a) Turn the power switch OFF. (b) Disconnect the cable from the negative (-) battery terminal, and wait for at least 90 seconds. (c) Connect the connectors to the occupant classification ECU. (d) Connect the cable to the negative (-) battery terminal, and wait for at least 2 seconds. (e) Turn the power switch ON (IG). (f) Clear the DTCs (see page RS-182). HINT: First clear DTCs stored in the occupant classification ECU and then in the center airbag sensor. (g) Turn the power switch OFF, and wait for at least 10 seconds. (h) Turn the power switch ON (IG). (i) Using the intelligent tester, check for DTCs of the occupant classification ECU (see page RS-182). OK: DTC B1794 is not output. HINT: DTCs other than B1794 may be output at this time, but they are not related to this check. OK USE SIMULATION METHOD TO CHECK NG 5 REPLACE OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION ECU (a) Turn the power switch OFF. (b) Disconnect the cable from the negative (-) battery terminal, and wait for at least 90 seconds. (c) Replace the occupant classification ECU. HINT: Perform the inspection using parts from a normal vehicle when possible. NEXT SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM – OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM 6 RS–257 PERFORM ZERO POINT CALIBRATION (a) Connect the cable to the negative (-) battery terminal, and wait for at least 2 seconds. (b) Connect the intelligent tester (with CAN VIM) to the DLC3. (c) Turn the power switch ON (IG). (d) Using the intelligent tester, perform the zero point calibration (see page RS-174). OK: COMPLETED is displayed NEXT 7 PERFORM SENSITIVITY CHECK (a) Using the intelligent tester, perform the sensitivity check (see page RS-174). Standard value: 27 to 33 kg (59.52 to 72.75 lb) NEXT END RS RS–258 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM – OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM DTC B1795 Occupant Classification ECU Malfunction DESCRIPTION RS DTC B1795 is recorded when a malfunction is detected in the occupant classification ECU. Troubleshoot DTC B1771 first when DTC B1771 and B1795 are output simultaneously. DTC No. DTC Detection Condition B1795 When one of following conditions is met: • The occupant classification ECU receives the power switch OFF to ON (IG) signal 50 times in a row when a malfunction occurs in the power circuit for the occupant classification ECU (OFF to ON (IG) to OFF should be counted as 1 time). • Occupant classification ECU circuit malfunction • The occupant classification ECU receives a short to ground signal in the passenger side buckle switch circuit for 2 seconds. • Occupant classification ECU malfunction Trouble Area • • • • • Battery ECU-B fuse No. 2 floor wire Front seat inner belt RH Occupant classification ECU WIRING DIAGRAM Occupant Classification ECU from DOME Fuse ECU-B +B from IG1 Relay ECU-IG IG GND C130828E01 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM – OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM RS–259 INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1 CHECK FOR DTC (a) Turn the power switch ON (IG), and wait for at least 10 seconds. (b) Check the DTCs (see page RS-182). Result Result Proceed to DTC B1795 is output. A DTC B1771 and B1795 are output. B HINT: DTCs other than DTC B1771 and B1795 may be output at this time, but they are not related to this check. B GO TO DTC B1771 A 2 CHECK FUSE (ECU-B) (a) Check the ECU-B fuse from the instrument panel junction block. (b) Measure the resistance of the fuse. Standard resistance: Below 1 Ω NG REPLACE FUSE OK 3 CHECK WIRE HARNESS (SOURCE VOLTAGE) (a) Turn the power switch OFF. (b) Disconnect the cable from the negative (-) battery terminal, and wait for at least 90 seconds. (c) Disconnect the No. 2 floor wire connector from the occupant classification ECU. (d) Connect the cable to the negative (-) battery terminal, and wait for at least 2 seconds. (e) Measure the voltage of the wire harness side connector. Standard voltage O4 GND +B IG H043112E16 Tester Connection Condition Specified Condition O4-1 (+B) - Body ground Always 10 to 14 V O4-7 (IG) - Body ground Power switch ON (IG) 10 to 14 V (f) Turn the power switch OFF. (g) Measure the resistance of the wire harness side connector. RS RS–260 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM – OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM Standard resistance Tester Connection Specified Condition O4-3 (GND) - Body ground Below 1 Ω NG RS REPAIR OR REPLACE WIRE HARNESS OK 4 REPLACE OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION ECU (a) Turn the power switch OFF. (b) Disconnect the cable from the negative (-) battery terminal, and wait for at least 90 seconds. (c) Replace the occupant classification ECU. HINT: Perform the inspection using parts from a normal vehicle if possible. NEXT 5 PERFORM ZERO POINT CALIBRATION (a) Connect the cable to the negative (-) battery terminal, and wait for at least 2 seconds. (b) Connect the intelligent tester to the DLC3. (c) Turn the power switch ON (IG). (d) Using the intelligent tester, perform the zero point calibration (see page RS-174). OK: COMPLETED is displayed. NEXT 6 PERFORM SENSITIVITY CHECK (a) Using the intelligent tester, perform the sensitivity check (see page RS-174). Standard value: 27 to 33 kg (59.52 to 72.75 lb) NEXT END SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM – OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM DTC RS–261 Sleep Operation Failure of Occupant Classification ECU B1796 DESCRIPTION During sleep mode, the occupant classification ECU reads the condition of each sensor while the power switch is OFF. In this mode, if the occupant classification ECU detects an internal malfunction, DTC B1796 is output. DTC No. DTC Detection Condition B1796 Occupant classification ECU malfunction Trouble Area Occupant classification ECU INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1 CHECK FOR DTC (a) Turn the power switch ON (IG). (b) Clear the DTCs (see page RS-182). HINT: First clear DTCs stored in the occupant classification ECU and then in the center airbag sensor. (c) Turn the power switch OFF, and wait for at least 2 seconds. (d) Turn the power switch ON (IG). (e) Check the DTCs (see page RS-182). OK: DTC B1796 is not output. HINT: DTCs other than DTC B1796 may be output at this time, but they are not related to this check. OK USE SIMULATION METHOD TO CHECK NG 2 REPLACE OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION ECU (a) Turn the power switch OFF. (b) Disconnect the cable from the negative (-) battery terminal, and wait for at least 90 seconds. (c) Replace the occupant classification ECU. HINT: Perform the inspection using parts from a normal vehicle if possible. NEXT 3 PERFORM ZERO POINT CALIBRATION (a) Connect the cable to the negative (-) battery terminal, and wait for at least 2 seconds. (b) Connect the intelligent tester to the DLC3. (c) Turn the power switch ON (IG). RS RS–262 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM – OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM (d) Using the intelligent tester, perform the zero point calibration (see page RS-174). OK: COMPLETED is displayed. NEXT RS 4 PERFORM SENSITIVITY CHECK (a) Using the intelligent tester, perform the sensitivity check (see page RS-174). Standard value: 27 to 33 kg (59.52 to 72.75 lb) NEXT END SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM – OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM RS–263 Trouble in Passenger Airbag ON / OFF Indicator DESCRIPTION The occupant classification system detects the front passenger seat condition and then indicates whether the front passenger airbag is activated or not through the passenger airbag ON / OFF indicator illumination. The passenger airbag ON / OFF indicator illumination changes depending on the front passenger seat condition as shown in the table below. Front Passenger Seat Condition ON Indicator OFF Indicator Adult is seated ON OFF Child is seated OFF ON Vacant OFF OFF Occupant classification system failure OFF ON RS RS–264 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM – OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAM Center Airbag Sensor Passenger Airbag ON/OFF Indicator RS PAON PAON P-AB P-AB Occupant Classification ECU FSR+ FSP+ FSR- FSP- SIG1 SIG1 SVC1 SVC1 SGD1 SGD1 Front Occupant Classification Sensor LH SIG2 SIG2 SVC2 SVC2 SGD2 SGD2 Front Occupant Classification Sensor RH SIG3 SIG3 SVC3 SVC3 SGD3 SGD3 Rear Occupant Classification Sensor LH SIG4 SIG4 SVC4 SVC4 SGD4 SGD4 Rear Occupant Classification Sensor RH C128675E04 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM – OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM RS–265 INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1 CHECK SRS WARNING LIGHT (a) Turn the power switch ON (IG), and check the SRS warning light condition. OK: The SRS warning light does not come on. NG Go to step 9 OK 2 CHECK PASSENGER AIRBAG ON/OFF INDICATOR CONDITION (a) Turn the power switch ON (IG). (b) Check if the passenger airbag ON/OFF indicator correctly indicates the front passenger seat condition. OK Front Passenger Seat Condition ON Indicator OFF Indicator Adult is seated ON OFF Child is seated OFF ON Vacant OFF OFF Occupant classification system failure OFF ON OK END NG 3 PERFORM ZERO POINT CALIBRATION (a) Turn the power switch OFF. (b) Connect the intelligent tester (with CAN VIM) to the DLC3. (c) Turn the power switch ON (IG). (d) Using the intelligent tester, perform the zero point calibration (see page RS-174). OK: COMPLETED is displayed. NG Go to step 5 OK 4 PERFORM SENSITIVITY CHECK (a) Using the intelligent tester, perform the sensitivity check (see page RS-174). Standard value: 27 to 33 kg (59.52 to 72.75 lb) NG Go to step 5 RS RS–266 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM – OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM OK END RS 5 RETIGHTEN FRONT SEAT ASSEMBLY RH BOLT (a) Turn the power switch OFF. (b) Loosen the 4 installation bolts of the front seat RH. (c) Tighten the 4 installation bolts of the front seat RH to the specified torque (see page SE-1). Torque: 37 N*m{ 380 kgf*cm , 27 ft.*lbf } NG Go to step 8 OK 6 PERFORM ZERO POINT CALIBRATION (a) Connect the intelligent tester (with CAN VIM) to the DLC3. (b) Turn the power switch ON (IG). (c) Using the intelligent tester, perform the zero point calibration (see page RS-174). OK: COMPLETED is displayed. NG Go to step 8 OK 7 PERFORM SENSITIVITY CHECK (a) Using the intelligent tester, perform the sensitivity check (see page RS-174). Standard value: 27 to 33 kg (59.52 to 72.75 lb) NG Go to step 8 OK 8 CHECK CONNECTOR (a) Turn the power switch OFF. (b) Disconnect the cable from the negative (-) battery terminal, and wait for at least 90 seconds. (c) Check that the connectors are properly connected to the occupant classification ECU and the 4 occupant classification sensors. SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM – OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM RS–267 OK: The connectors are connected. (d) Disconnect the connectors from the occupant classification ECU and the 4 occupant classification sensors. (e) Check that the connectors are not damaged or deformed. OK: The connectors are normal. NG REPAIR OR REPLACE WIRE HARNESS AND CONNECTOR OK 9 CHECK FOR DTC (a) Connect the connectors to the occupant classification ECU and the 4 occupant classification sensors. (b) Connect the cable to the negative (-) battery terminal, and wait for at least 2 seconds. (c) Turn the power switch ON (IG), and wait for at least 60 seconds. (d) Turn the power switch OFF. (e) Clear the DTCs (see page RS-182). (f) Turn the power switch ON (IG), and wait for at least 60 seconds. (g) Check the DTCs (see page RS-182). OK: DTC is not output. NG REPLACE CENTER AIRBAG SENSOR ASSEMBLY OK 10 REPLACE OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION ECU (a) Turn the power switch OFF. (b) Disconnect the cable from the negative (-) battery terminal, and wait for at least 90 seconds. (c) Replace the occupant classification ECU (see page RS182). HINT: Perform the inspection using parts from a normal vehicle if possible. NEXT 11 PERFORM ZERO POINT CALIBRATION (a) Connect the cable to the negative (-) battery terminal, and wait for at least 2 seconds. RS RS–268 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM – OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM (b) Connect the intelligent tester (with CAN VIM) to the DLC3. (c) Turn the power switch ON (IG). (d) Using the intelligent tester, perform the zero point calibration (see page RS-174). OK: COMPLETED is displayed. RS NEXT 12 PERFORM SENSITIVITY CHECK (a) Using the intelligent tester, perform the sensitivity check (see page RS-174). Standard value: 27 to 33 kg (59.52 to 72.75 lb) NEXT END RS–266 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM – STEERING PAD STEERING PAD SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM RESTRAINTS COMPONENTS RS “TORX” SCREW “TORX” SCREW 8.8 (90, 78 in.*lbf) 8.8 (90, 78 in.*lbf) 50 (510, 37) NO. 2 STEERING COLUMN COVER LOWER STEERING WHEEL ASSEMBLY NO. 3 STEERING COLUMN COVER LOWER STEERING PAD ASSEMBLY N*m (kgf*cm, ft.*lbf) : Specified torque ) B126629E02 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM – STEERING PAD RS–267 ON-VEHICLE INSPECTION 1. H043732E02 2. H043733E02 Contact Plate H043734E03 H043735E02 CHECK STEERING PAD ASSEMBLY (VEHICLE NOT INVOLVED IN COLLISION AND AIRBAG NOT DEPLOYED) (a) Perform a diagnostic system check (see page RS41). (b) With the steering pad (with airbag) installed on the vehicle, perform a visual check: Check for cuts, cracks or discoloration on the steering pad outer surface and in the grooved portion. If any of the defects mentioned above are present, replace the steering pad assembly with a new one. CAUTION: For removal and installation of the steering pad assembly, be sure to follow the correct procedures. CHECK STEERING PAD ASSEMBLY (VEHICLE INVOLVED IN COLLISION AND AIRBAG NOT DEPLOYED) (a) Perform a diagnostic system check (see page RS41). (b) With the steering pad (with airbag) removed from the vehicle, perform a visual check: • Check for cuts, cracks or discoloration on the steering pad outer surface and in the grooved portion. • Check for cuts and cracks in the wire harness, and chipping on the connectors. • Check for deformation on the steering wheel. • Check for deformation of the steering pad contact plates. If any of the defects mentioned above are present, replace the steering pad assembly with a new one. CAUTION: For removal and installation of the steering pad assembly, be sure to follow the correct procedures. HINT: • If the steering pad contact plates are deformed, never repair them. Always replace the steering pad assembly with a new one. • There should be no interference between the steering pad and steering wheel, and the clearance should be uniform all the way around when the new steering pad is installed on the steering wheel. RS RS–268 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM – STEERING PAD REMOVAL CAUTION: Be sure to read the precautionary notices concerning the SRS airbag system before servicing it (see page RS-1). RS Screw Case Torx Screw 1. DISCONNECT CABLE FROM NEGATIVE BATTERY TERMINAL CAUTION: Wait at least 90 seconds after disconnecting the cable from the negative (-) battery terminal to prevent airbag and seat belt pretensioner activation. 2. REMOVE NO. 2 STEERING WHEEL COVER LOWER 3. REMOVE NO. 3 STEERING WHEEL COVER LOWER 4. REMOVE STEERING PAD ASSEMBLY (a) Straighten the front wheels. (b) Using a T30 "torx" socket, loosen the 2 screws until the groove along each screw circumference catches on the screw case. No. 2 Steering Wheel No. 3 Steering Wheel Cover Lower Cover Lower A125170E03 H043738E02 (c) Pull out the steering pad from the steering wheel and support the steering pad with one hand as shown in the illustration. NOTICE: When removing the steering pad, do not pull the airbag wire harness. (d) Using a screwdriver, disconnect the 2 airbag connectors. CAUTION: When handling the airbag connector, do not damage the airbag wire harness. (e) Disconnect the horn connector and remove the steering pad. SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM – STEERING PAD RS–269 INSTALLATION CAUTION: Be sure to read the precautionary notices concerning the SRS airbag system before servicing it (see page RS-1). 1. INSTALL STEERING PAD ASSEMBLY (a) Support the steering pad with one hand as shown in the illustration. (b) Connect the 2 airbag connectors. NOTICE: When handling the airbag connector, do not damage the airbag wire harness. (c) Connect the horn connector. (d) Install the steering pad after confirming that the circumference grooves of the screws are caught on the screw case. (e) Using a T30 "torx" socket, install the 2 screws. Torque: 8.8 N*m (90 kgf*cm, 78 in.*lbf) 2. INSTALL NO. 2 STEERING WHEEL COVER LOWER 3. INSTALL NO. 3 STEERING WHEEL COVER LOWER 4. CONNECT CABLE TO NEGATIVE BATTERY TERMINAL 5. INSPECT STEERING PAD ASSEMBLY (a) Check for cuts, cracks or discoloration on the steering pad outer surface and in the grooved portion. (b) Check that the horn sounds. 6. PERFORM INITIALIZATION (a) Perform initialization (see page IN-32). NOTICE: Certain systems need to be initialized after disconnecting and reconnecting the cable from the negative (-) battery terminal. 7. CHECK SRS WARNING LIGHT (a) Check the SRS warning light (see page RS-31). H043738E03 RS RS–270 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM – STEERING PAD DISPOSAL RS SST C110371E03 HINT: When scrapping a vehicle equipped with an SRS or disposing of the steering pad, be sure to deploy the airbag first in accordance with the procedure described below. If any abnormality occurs with the airbag deployment, contact the SERVICE DEPARTMENT of TOYOTA MOTOR SALES, U.S.A., INC. CAUTION: • Never dispose of a steering pad with an unactivated airbag. • The airbag produces a loud, exploding sound when it activates. Perform the operation where it will not be a nuisance to people nearby. • When activating the airbag, always use the specified SST (SRS airbag deployment tool). • Perform procedures in a place away from electrical interference. • When activating the airbag, stand at least 10 m (33 ft.) away from the steering pad. • The steering pad becomes very hot when the airbag is deployed. Do not touch it for at least 30 minutes after activation. • Use gloves and safety glasses when handling a steering pad with a deployed airbag. • Do not apply water to a steering pad with a deployed airbag. • Always wash your hands with water after completing the operation. 1. DISPOSE OF STEERING PAD ASSEMBLY TOGETHER WITH VEHICLE HINT: Prepare a battery as the power source to deploy the airbag. (a) Check if SST is functioning properly. SST 09082-00700 SST C110371E03 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM – STEERING PAD Battery SST RS–271 (1) Connect the SST's red clip to the positive (+) battery terminal and the black clip to the negative (-) battery terminal. HINT: The yellow connector will be used to connect to another SST in a later step. C110372E03 SST C110475E02 (2) Press the SST activation switch, and check that the LED of the SST activation switch illuminates. CAUTION: If the LED illuminates when the activation switch is not pressed, SST may have a malfunction, in which case that SST should not be used. (3) Disconnect SST from the battery. (b) Follow the "Precaution" (see page RS-1). (c) Disconnect the cable from the negative (-) battery terminal. CAUTION: Wait at least 90 seconds after disconnecting the cable from the negative (-) battery terminal to prevent airbag and seat belt pretensioner activation. (d) Remove the steering column cover lower. (1) Turn the steering wheel to the right and left as necessary to remove the 2 screws. (2) Remove the screw and cover lower. H043739E02 SST (B) SST (A) H043740E02 (e) Install SST. CAUTION: Check that there is no free play in the steering wheel and steering pad. (1) Disconnect the yellow airbag connector from the spiral cable. NOTICE: When handling the airbag connector, do not damage the airbag wire harness. (2) Connect SST (A) to SST (B). Then connect the SST (B)'s connector to the spiral cable. SST 09082-00700, 09082-00780 RS RS–272 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM – STEERING PAD NOTICE: To avoid damaging the SST connector and wire harness, do not lock the secondary lock of the twin lock. RS Battery SST 10 m or more C110476E02 (f) 2. (3) Move SST at least 10 m (33 ft.) away from the front side window. (4) Maintain a small opening in the front side window for the SST wire harness. Close the remaining windows of the vehicle. Close all doors. NOTICE: Take care not do damage the SST wire harness. (5) Connect the SST's red clip to the positive (+) battery terminal and the black clip to the negative (-) battery terminal. Deploy the airbag. (1) Check that no one is inside the vehicle or within a 10 m (33 ft.) radius of the vehicle. (2) Press the SST activation switch and deploy the airbag. CAUTION: • When deploying the airbag, make sure that no one is near the vehicle. • The steering pad becomes extremely hot when the airbag is deployed. Do not touch it for at least 30 minutes after deployment. • Use gloves and safety glasses when handling a steering pad with a deployed airbag. • Do not apply water to a steering pad with a deployed airbag. • Always wash your hands with water after completing the operation. HINT: The airbag is deployed as the SST activation switch LED illuminates. DISPOSE OF ONLY STEERING PAD ASSEMBLY NOTICE: • When disposing of the steering pad, never use the customer's vehicle to deploy the airbag. • Be sure to follow the procedure detailed below when deploying the airbag. HINT: Prepare a battery as the power source to deploy the airbag. SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM – STEERING PAD SST B104819E02 A Stripped Wire Harness Section B104882E06 L M H043742E03 RS–273 (a) Check if SST is functioning properly (see previous step). (b) Remove the steering pad (see page RS-267). CAUTION: • When removing the steering pad, work must be started at least 90 seconds after the ignition switch is turned OFF and the cable is disconnected from the negative (-) battery terminal. • When storing the steering pad, keep the airbag deployment side facing upward. (c) Using service wire harnesses for the vehicle, tie down the steering pad to a disc wheel (with tire). Wire harness: Stripped wire harness section A: 1.25 mm2 or more (0.0019 in.2 or more) NOTICE: Use a disc wheel (with tire) that you are planning to throw away, as the airbag deployment will damage the disc wheel. CAUTION: Do not use wire harnesses that are too thin or any other substitute items to tie down the steering pad. They may snap when the airbag deploys. Always use vehicle wire harnesses that have an area of at least 1.25 mm2 or more (0.0019 in.2). HINT: To calculate the area of the stripped wire harness section: Area = 3.14 x Diameter2/4 (1) Install the 2 bolts with washers into the 2 bolt holes of the steering pad. Bolt: L: 35.0 mm (1.378 in.) M: 6.0 mm (0.236 in.) Pitch: 1.0 mm (0.039 in.) NOTICE: • Tighten the bolts by hand until they become difficult to turn. • Do not tighten the bolts excessively. RS RS–274 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM – STEERING PAD (2) After connecting SST to each other, connect them to the steering pad. SST 09082-00802 (09082-10801, 0908230801) SST RS H043743E03 (3) Wind 3 wire harnesses at least twice around the bolts installed on the left and right sides of the steering pad. CAUTION: • Tightly wind the wire harnesses around the bolts so that there is no slack. • Make sure that the wire harnesses are tight. If there is slack in a wire harness, the steering pad may come loose when the airbag is deployed. 2 Times or more 2 Times or more H043744E05 H043745E02 (4) Face the airbag deployment side of the steering pad upward. Separately tie the left and right sides of the steering pad to a disc wheel through the hub nut holes. Position the SST connector so that it hangs downward through the hub hole in the disc wheel. CAUTION: • Make sure that the wire harnesses are tight. If there is slack in a wire harness, the steering pad may come loose when the airbag is deployed. • Always tie down the steering pad with the airbag deployment side facing upward. SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM – STEERING PAD (d) SST H043746E03 RS–275 Install SST. CAUTION: Place the tire with disc wheel and steering pad on a level surface. (1) Connect the connector of SST. SST 09082-00700 NOTICE: To avoid damaging the SST connector and wire harness, do not lock the secondary lock of the twin lock. Also, secure some slack for the SST wire harness inside the disc wheel. (2) Move SST at least 10 m (33 ft.) away from the steering pad. Battery SST 10 m or more H040014E05 Y Y X Weight H042015E05 (e) Cover the steering pad with a cardboard box or tires. (1) Covering method using a cardboard box: Cover the steering pad with the cardboard box and place weights of at least 19 kg (43 lb) on the cardboard box in 4 places. Cardboard box size: X minimum = 460 mm (18.11 in.) Y minimum = 650 mm (25.59 in.) NOTICE: • When dimension Y of the cardboard box exceeds the tire dimension, X should be the following size. X minimum = 460 mm (18.11 in.) + width of tire • If using a cardboard box that is smaller than the specified size, the cardboard box will break during airbag deployment. RS RS–276 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM – STEERING PAD (2) Covering method using tires: Place at least 3 tires (without disc wheels) on top of the tire (with disc wheel and steering pad). Tire size: Width minimum: 185 mm (7.28 in.) Inner diameter minimum: 360 mm (14.17 in.) CAUTION: Do not use tires with disc wheels to cover the tire (with disc wheel and steering pad). NOTICE: • Use tires that you are planning to throw away, as the airbag deployment may damage the tires. • Do not place the SST connector under the tire as the connector may be damaged. Inner Diameter Width RS Tires (3 or more) A125171E02 (3) Tie the tires together with 2 wire harnesses. CAUTION: Make sure that the wire harnesses are tight. If there is slack in a wire harness, the tires may come loose when the airbag is deployed. H043722E01 (f) Steering Pad Battery SST 10 m or more B110263E03 Deploy the airbag. (1) Connect the SST's red clip to the positive (+) battery terminal and the black clip to the negative (-) battery terminal. (2) Check that no one is within a 10 m (33 ft.) radius of the steering pad. (3) Press the SST activation switch and deploy the airbag. CAUTION: When deploying the airbag, make sure that no one is near the tires. HINT: The airbag is deployed as the SST activation switch LED illuminates. SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM – STEERING PAD H040177E01 RS–277 (g) Dispose of the steering pad. CAUTION: • The steering pad becomes extremely hot when the airbag is deployed. Do not touch it for at least 30 minutes after deployment. • Do not apply water to a steering pad with a deployed airbag. • Always wash your hands with water after completing the operation. (1) Remove the steering pad from the disc wheel. (2) Place the steering pad in a plastic bag, tie it tightly and dispose of it in the same way as other general parts. RS RS–277 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM – SPIRAL CABLE SPIRAL CABLE SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM RESTRAINTS COMPONENTS “TORX” SCREW “TORX” SCREW 8.8 (90, 78 in.*lbf) 8.8 (90, 78 in.*lbf) STEERING COLUMN COVER (UPPER) 50 (510, 37) NO. 2 STEERING WHEEL COVER LOWER SPIRAL CABLE SUB-ASSEMBLY NO. 3 STEERING WHEEL COVER LOWER STEERING COLUMN COVER (LOWER) STEERING PAD ASSEMBLY N*m (kgf*cm, ft.*lbf) : Specified torque ) B126650E02 RS RS–278 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM – SPIRAL CABLE REMOVAL CAUTION: Be sure to read the precautionary notices concerning the SRS airbag system before servicing it (see page RS-1). RS H043749E02 1. DISCONNECT CABLE FROM NEGATIVE BATTERY TERMINAL CAUTION: Wait at least 90 seconds after disconnecting the cable from the negative (-) battery terminal to prevent airbag and seat belt pretensioner activation. 2. PLACE FRONT WHEELS FACING STRAIGHT AHEAD 3. REMOVE NO. 2 STEERING WHEEL COVER LOWER 4. REMOVE NO. 3 STEERING WHEEL COVER LOWER 5. REMOVE STEERING PAD ASSEMBLY (See page RS268) 6. REMOVE STEERING WHEEL ASSEMBLY (See page SR-8) 7. REMOVE STEERING COLUMN COVER (See page SR-8) 8. REMOVE SPIRAL CABLE SUB-ASSEMBLY (a) Disconnect the airbag connector. NOTICE: When handling the airbag connector, do not damage the airbag wire harness. (b) Detach the 3 claws and remove the spiral cable. SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM – SPIRAL CABLE RS–279 INSPECTION 1. INSPECT SPIRAL CABLE SUB-ASSEMBLY (a) Check that there are no scratches or cracks on its connector, and that the cable does not have cracks, dents or chipping. RS RS–280 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM – SPIRAL CABLE INSTALLATION CAUTION: Be sure to read the precautionary notices concerning the SRS airbag system before servicing it (see page RS-1). RS 1. INSTALL SPIRAL CABLE SUB-ASSEMBLY (a) Check that the front wheels are facing straight ahead. (b) Set the turn signal switch to the neutral position. NOTICE: Make sure that the turn signal switch is in the neutral position, as the pin of the turn signal switch may be snapped. (c) Install the spiral cable. NOTICE: When replacing the spiral cable with a new one, remove the lock pin before installing the steering wheel. (d) Connect the connector to the spiral cable. NOTICE: When handling the airbag connector, do not damage the airbag wire harness. 2. INSTALL STEERING COLUMN COVER (See page SR14) 3. POSITION SPIRAL CABLE (a) Slowly rotate the spiral cable counterclockwise by hand until it feels firm. NOTICE: Do not use the airbag wire harness to turn the spiral cable. H043750E02 (b) Rotate the spiral cable clockwise approximately 2.5 turns to align the marks. NOTICE: Do not use the airbag wire harness to turn the spiral cable. HINT: The spiral cable will rotate approximately 2.5 turns to the left and right from the center. Marks 4. INSTALL STEERING WHEEL ASSEMBLY (See page SR-15) 5. INSTALL STEERING PAD ASSEMBLY (See page RS269) 6. INSTALL NO. 2 STEERING WHEEL COVER LOWER 7. INSTALL NO. 3 STEERING WHEEL COVER LOWER 8. CONNECT CABLE TO NEGATIVE BATTERY TERMINAL H043751E02 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM – SPIRAL CABLE 9. RS–281 INSPECT STEERING PAD ASSEMBLY (See page RS267) 10. PERFORM INITIALIZATION NOTICE: Certain systems need to be initialized after disconnecting and reconnecting the cable from the negative (-) battery terminal. (a) Perform initialization (see page IN-32). 11. CHECK SRS WARNING LIGHT (a) Check the SRS warning light (see page RS-31). 12. INSPECT STEERING WHEEL POSITION RS RS–280 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM – FRONT PASSENGER AIRBAG ASSEMBLY FRONT PASSENGER AIRBAG ASSEMBLY SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM RESTRAINTS COMPONENTS RS FRONT PASSENGER AIRBAG ASSEMBLY 20 (204, 15) INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE ASSEMBLY INSTRUMENT PANEL SUB-ASSEMBLY N*m (kgf*cm, ft.*lbf) : Specified torque ) B126630E02 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM – FRONT PASSENGER AIRBAG ASSEMBLY RS–281 ON-VEHICLE INSPECTION 1. H043752E02 2. H043753E02 H043754E02 CHECK FRONT PASSENGER AIRBAG ASSEMBLY (VEHICLE NOT INVOLVED IN COLLISION AND AIRBAG NOT DEPLOYED) (a) Perform a diagnostic system check (see page RS41). (b) With the front passenger airbag installed on the vehicle, perform a visual check: Check for cuts, cracks or discoloration on the front passenger airbag surface and in the grooved portion. If any of the defects mentioned above are present, replace the front passenger airbag with a new one. CAUTION: For removal and installation of the front passenger airbag, be sure to follow the correct procedures. CHECK FRONT PASSENGER AIRBAG ASSEMBLY (VEHICLE INVOLVED IN COLLISION AND AIRBAG NOT DEPLOYED) (a) Perform a diagnostic system check (see page RS41). (b) With the front passenger airbag removed from the vehicle, perform a visual check: • Check for cuts, cracks or discoloration on the front passenger airbag. • Check for cracks or other damage on the connectors. • Check for deformation or cracks on the instrument panel and instrument panel reinforcement. If any of the defects mentioned above are present, replace the front passenger airbag with a new one. CAUTION: For removal and installation of the front passenger airbag, be sure to follow the correct procedures. RS RS–282 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM – FRONT PASSENGER AIRBAG ASSEMBLY REMOVAL CAUTION: Be sure to read the precautionary notices concerning the SRS airbag system before servicing it (see page RS-1). RS 1. DISCONNECT CABLE FROM NEGATIVE BATTERY TERMINAL CAUTION: Wait at least 90 seconds after disconnecting the cable from the negative (-) battery terminal to prevent airbag and seat belt pretensioner activation. 2. REMOVE GLOVE COMPARTMENT DOOR ASSEMBLY (See page IP-7) 3. DISCONNECT PASSENGER AIRBAG CONNECTOR (a) Disconnect the front passenger airbag connector. NOTICE: When handling the airbag connector, take care not to damage the airbag wire harness. 4. REMOVE INSTRUMENT PANEL SAFETY PAD (a) Remove the instrument panel (see page IP-5). 5. DISCONNECT INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE ASSEMBLY (a) Disconnect the connectors from the front passenger airbag. NOTICE: When handling the airbag connector, take care not to damage the airbag wire harness. 6. REMOVE FRONT PASSENGER AIRBAG ASSEMBLY (a) Detach the 10 claws and remove the front passenger airbag. H043756E02 H043758E03 ) C130877 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM – FRONT PASSENGER AIRBAG ASSEMBLY RS–283 INSTALLATION CAUTION: Be sure to read the precautionary notices concerning the SRS airbag system before servicing it (see page RS-1). ) 1. INSTALL FRONT PASSENGER AIRBAG ASSEMBLY (a) Attach the 10 claws to install the front passenger airbag. 2. CONNECT INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE ASSEMBLY (a) Connect the connectors to the front passenger airbag. NOTICE: When handling the airbag connector, do not damage the airbag wire harness. 3. INSTALL INSTRUMENT PANEL SAFETY PAD (a) Install the instrument panel (see page IP-11). NOTICE: When handling the airbag connector, do not damage the airbag wire harness. 4. CONNECT PASSENGER AIRBAG CONNECTOR (a) Connect the front passenger airbag connector. NOTICE: When handling the airbag connector, do not damage the airbag wire harness. 5. CONNECT CABLE TO NEGATIVE BATTERY TERMINAL 6. PERFORM INITIALIZATION (a) Perform initialization (see page IN-32). NOTICE: Certain systems need to be initialized after disconnecting and reconnecting the cable from the negative (-) battery terminal. 7. CHECK SRS WARNING LIGHT (a) Check the SRS warning light (see page RS-31). C130877 H043758E02 H043757E02 RS RS–284 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM – FRONT PASSENGER AIRBAG ASSEMBLY DISPOSAL RS SST C110371E03 HINT: When scrapping a vehicle equipped with an SRS or disposing of the front passenger airbag assembly, be sure to deploy the airbag first in accordance with the procedure described below. If any abnormality occurs with the airbag deployment, contact the SERVICE DEPARTMENT of TOYOTA MOTOR SALES, U.S.A., INC. CAUTION: • Never dispose of a front passenger airbag with an unactivated airbag. • The airbag produces a loud, exploding sound when it activates. Perform the operation where it will not be a nuisance to people nearby. • When activating the airbag, always use the specified SST (SRS airbag deployment tool). • Perform procedures in a place away from electrical interference. • When activating the airbag, stand at least 10 m (33 ft.) away from the airbag. • The airbag becomes very hot when it is deployed. Do not touch it for at least 30 minutes after activation. • Use gloves and safety glasses when handling a deployed airbag. • Do not apply water to a deployed airbag. • Always wash your hands with water after completing the operation. 1. DISPOSE OF FRONT PASSENGER AIRBAG ASSEMBLY TOGETHER WITH VEHICLE HINT: Prepare a battery as the power source to deploy the airbag. (a) Check if SST is functioning properly. SST 09082-00700 (1) Connect the SST's red clip to the positive (+) battery terminal and the black clip to the negative (-) battery terminal. HINT: The yellow connector will be used to connect to another SST in a later step. SST C110371E03 SST C110475E02 (2) Press the SST activation switch, and check that the LED of the SST activation switch illuminates. CAUTION: If the LED illuminates when the activation switch is not pressed, SST may have a malfunction, in which case that SST should not be used. (3) Disconnect SST from the battery. (b) Follow the "Precaution" (see page RS-1). SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM – FRONT PASSENGER AIRBAG ASSEMBLY RS–285 (c) Disconnect the cable from the negative (-) battery terminal. CAUTION: Wait at least 90 seconds after disconnecting the cable from the negative (-) battery terminal to prevent airbag and seat belt pretensioner activation. (d) Remove the glove compartment door (see page IP7). (e) Install SST. (1) Disconnect the front passenger airbag connector. NOTICE: When handling the airbag connector, do not damage the airbag wire harness. H043756E03 (2) Connect SST (A) to SST (B). Then connect the SST (B)'s connector to the cable. SST 09082-00700, 09082-00780 NOTICE: To avoid damaging the SST connector and wire harness, do not lock the secondary lock of the twin lock. SST(A) SST(B) H043760E03 Battery SST 10 m or more C110476E02 (f) (3) Move SST at least 10 m (33 ft.) away from the front side window. (4) Maintain a small opening in the front side window for the SST wire harness. Close the remaining windows of the vehicle. Close all doors. NOTICE: Take care not to damage the SST wire harness. (5) Connect the SST's red clip to the positive (+) battery terminal and the black clip to the negative (-) battery terminal. Deploy the airbag. (1) Check that no one is inside the vehicle or within a 10 m (33 ft.) radius of the vehicle. (2) Press the SST activation switch and deploy the airbag. CAUTION: • When deploying the airbag, make sure that no one is near the vehicle. • The airbag becomes extremely hot when it is deployed. Do not touch it for at least 30 minutes after deployment. RS RS–286 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM – FRONT PASSENGER AIRBAG ASSEMBLY • Use gloves and safety glasses when handling a deployed airbag. • Do not apply water to a deployed airbag. • Always wash your hands with water after completing the operation. HINT: The airbag is deployed as the SST activation switch LED illuminates. RS 2. DISPOSE OF ONLY FRONT PASSENGER AIRBAG ASSEMBLY NOTICE: • When disposing of the airbag, never use the customer's vehicle to deploy the airbag. • Be sure to follow the procedure detailed below when deploying the airbag. HINT: Prepare a battery as the power source to deploy the airbag. (a) Check if SST is functioning properly. SST 09082-00700 (1) Connect the SST's red clip to the positive (+) battery terminal and the black clip to the negative (-) battery terminal. HINT: The yellow connector will be used to connect to another SST in a later step. SST C110371E03 SST C110475E02 (2) Press the SST activation switch, and check that the LED of the SST activation switch illuminates. CAUTION: If the LED illuminates when the activation switch is not pressed, SST may have a malfunction, in which case that SST should not be used. (3) Disconnect SST from the battery. (b) Remove the front passenger airbag (see page RS281). CAUTION: • When removing the airbag, work must be started at least 90 seconds after the ignition switch is turned OFF and the cable is disconnected from the negative (-) battery terminal. • When storing the airbag, keep the airbag deployment side facing upward. SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM – FRONT PASSENGER AIRBAG ASSEMBLY A Stripped Wire Harness Section B104882E03 RS–287 (c) Using service wire harnesses for the vehicle, tie down the airbag to a tire. Wire harness: Stripped wire harness section A: 1.25 mm2 or more (0.0019 in.2 or more) NOTICE: Use a tire that you are planning to throw away, as the airbag deployment may damage the tire. CAUTION: Do not use wire harnesses that are too thin or any other substitute items to tie down the front passenger airbag assembly. They may snap when the airbag deploys. Always use vehicle wire harnesses that have an area of at least 1.25 mm2 (0.0019 in.2). HINT: To calculate the area of the stripped wire harness section: Area = 3.14 x Diameter2 /4 (1) Position the airbag inside the tire so that the brackets contact the tire. Tire size: Width minimum: 185 mm (7.28 in.) Inner diameter minimum: 360 mm (14.17 in.) (2) Wind 3 wire harnesses at least twice around the airbag brackets and tire. Inner Diameter Width Tire H043761E04 CAUTION: • Tightly wind the wire harnesses around the brackets so that there is no slack. RS RS–288 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM – FRONT PASSENGER AIRBAG ASSEMBLY • Make sure that the wire harnesses are tight. If there is slack in a wire harness, the airbag may come loose when it is deployed. • Always tie down the airbag with the airbag deployment side facing inside the tire. RS (d) Install SST. SST 09082-00802 (09082-10801, 09082-30801) (1) Connect the SST connectors to the airbag. SST H043762E03 Tires (2 or more) Tires (2 or more) H044501E03 (e) Place the tires. (1) Place at least 2 tires under the tire to which the airbag is tied. (2) Place at least 2 tires on top of the tire to which the airbag is tied. The top tire should have a disc wheel installed. NOTICE: • Do not place the SST connector under the tire as the connector may be damaged. • Use a disc wheel that you are planning to throw away, as the airbag deployment will damage the disc wheel. • Use tires that you are planning to throw away, as the airbag deployment may damage the tires. (3) Tie the tires together with 2 wire harnesses. CAUTION: Make sure that the wire harnesses are tight. If there is slack in a wire harness, the tires may come loose when the airbag is deployed. H042763E01 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM – FRONT PASSENGER AIRBAG ASSEMBLY RS–289 (f) Front Passenger Airbag Battery SST 10 m or more A125172E02 H041436E05 Install SST. (1) Connect the SST connector. SST 09082-00700 NOTICE: To avoid damaging the SST connector and wire harness, do not lock the secondary lock of the twin lock. Also, secure some slack for the SST wire harness inside the tire. (g) Deploy the airbag. (1) Connect the SST's red clip to the positive (+) battery terminal and the black clip to the negative (-) battery terminal. (2) Check that no one is within a 10 m (33 ft.) radius of the airbag. (3) Press the SST activation switch and deploy the airbag. CAUTION: When deploying the airbag, make sure that no one is near the tires. HINT: The airbag is deployed as the SST activation switch LED illuminates. (h) Dispose of the airbag. CAUTION: • The airbag becomes extremely hot when it is deployed. Do not touch it for at least 30 minutes after deployment. • Use gloves and safety glasses when handling a deployed airbag. • Do not apply water to a deployed airbag. • Always wash your hands with water after completing the operation. (1) Remove the airbag from the tire. (2) Place the airbag in a plastic bag, tie it tightly and dispose of it in the same way as other general parts. RS RS–290 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM – CURTAIN SHIELD AIRBAG ASSEMBLY CURTAIN SHIELD AIRBAG ASSEMBLY SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM RESTRAINTS COMPONENTS RS CURTAIN SHIELD AIRBAG ASSEMBLY 14 (143, 10) N*m (kgf*cm, ft.*lbf) : Specified torque ) B126631E02 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM – CURTAIN SHIELD AIRBAG ASSEMBLY RS–291 ON-VEHICLE INSPECTION 1. CHECK CURTAIN SHIELD AIRBAG ASSEMBLY (VEHICLE NOT INVOLVED IN COLLISION) (a) Perform a diagnostic system check (see page RS41). (b) With the curtain shield airbag installed on the vehicle, perform a visual check. If any of the defects mentioned below are present, replace the curtain shield airbag with a new one: Cuts, minute cracks or marked discoloration on the curtain shield airbag. CAUTION: For removal and installation of the curtain shield airbag assembly, be sure to follow the correct procedures. H043770E02 2. H043771E04 CHECK CURTAIN SHIELD AIRBAG ASSEMBLY (VEHICLE INVOLVED IN COLLISION AND AIRBAG NOT DEPLOYED) (a) Perform a diagnostic system check (see page RS41). (b) With the curtain shield airbag removed from the vehicle, perform a visual check. If there are any defects as mentioned below, replace the curtain shield airbag with a new one: • Cuts, minute cracks or marked discoloration on the curtain shield airbag. • Cracks or other damage to the connectors. CAUTION: For removal and installation of the curtain shield airbag assembly, be sure to follow the correct procedures. RS RS–292 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM – CURTAIN SHIELD AIRBAG ASSEMBLY REMOVAL CAUTION: Be sure to read the precautionary notices concerning the SRS airbag system before servicing it (see page RS-1). RS 1. DISCONNECT CABLE FROM NEGATIVE BATTERY TERMINAL CAUTION: Wait at least 90 seconds after disconnecting the cable from the negative (-) battery terminal to prevent airbag and seat belt pretensioner activation. 2. REMOVE ROOF HEADLINING ASSEMBLY (a) Remove the roof headlining (see page IR-7). 3. REMOVE CURTAIN SHIELD AIRBAG ASSEMBLY (a) Disconnect the connector. NOTICE: When handling the airbag connector, take care not to damage the airbag wire harness. (b) Remove the 3 clips, 9 bolts and curtain shield airbag in the order shown in the illustration. H042952E01 Clip Clip Clip 1 2 3 8 9 7 6 5 4 H043773E03 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM – CURTAIN SHIELD AIRBAG ASSEMBLY RS–293 INSTALLATION CAUTION: Be sure to read the precautionary notices concerning the SRS airbag system before servicing it (see page RS-1). 1. INSTALL CURTAIN SHIELD AIRBAG ASSEMBLY (a) Install the curtain shield airbag with the 9 bolts and 3 clips in the order shown in the illustration. NOTICE: Do not twist the curtain shield airbag assembly when installing it. Torque: 14 N*m (143 kgf*cm, 10 ft.*lbf) Clip Clip Clip 9 8 7 2 1 3 4 5 6 H043773E04 (b) Connect the connector. NOTICE: When handling the airbag connector, take care not to damage the airbag wire harness. H042953E01 2. INSTALL ROOF HEADLINING ASSEMBLY (a) Install the roof headlining (see page IR-13). 3. CONNECT CABLE TO NEGATIVE BATTERY TERMINAL 4. PERFORM INITIALIZATION (a) Perform initialization (see page IN-32). NOTICE: Certain systems need to be initialized after disconnecting and reconnecting the cable from the negative (-) battery terminal. 5. CHECK SRS WARNING LIGHT (a) Check the SRS warning light (see page RS-31). RS RS–294 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM – CURTAIN SHIELD AIRBAG ASSEMBLY DISPOSAL HINT: When scrapping a vehicle equipped with an SRS or disposing of the curtain shield airbag assembly, be sure to deploy the airbag first in accordance with the procedure described below. If any abnormality occurs with the airbag deployment, contact the SERVICE DEPARTMENT of TOYOTA MOTOR SALES, U.S.A., INC. CAUTION: • Never dispose of a curtain shield airbag that has an unactivated airbag. • The airbag produces an exploding sound when it is deployed, so perform the operation outdoors and where it will not create a nuisance to nearby residents. • When deploying the airbag, always use the specified SST (SRS airbag deployment tool). • Perform the operation in a place away from electrical noise. • When deploying the airbag, perform the operation at least 10 m (33 ft.) away from the airbag. • The airbag becomes very hot when it is deployed. Do not touch it for at least 30 minutes after activation. • Use gloves and safety glasses when handling a deployed airbag. • Do not apply water to a deployed airbag. • Always wash your hands with water after completing the operation. RS 1. SST C110371E01 DISPOSE OF CURTAIN SHIELD AIRBAG ASSEMBLY TOGETHER WITH VEHICLE HINT: Prepare a battery as the power source to deploy the airbag. (a) Check if SST is functioning properly (see page RS270). (b) Follow the "Precaution" (see page RS-1). (c) Disconnect the cable from the negative battery terminal. Wait at least 90 seconds after disconnecting the cable to prevent the airbag from deploying. (d) Remove the roof headlining assembly (see page IR7). (e) Install SST. (1) Disconnect the connector from the curtain shield airbag. NOTICE: When handling the airbag connector, take care not to damage the airbag wire harness. SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM – CURTAIN SHIELD AIRBAG ASSEMBLY RS–295 (2) After connecting SST to each other, connect them to the curtain shield airbag. SST 09082-00700, 09082-00802 (0908210801, 09082-20801) NOTICE: To avoid damaging the SST connector and wire harness, do not lock the secondary lock of the twin lock. SST SST H043774E03 Battery SST 10 m or more C110501E02 (f) 2. (3) Move SST at least 10 m (33 ft.) away from the vehicle rear side window. (4) Maintaining enough clearance for the SST wire harness in the rear side window, close all the doors and windows of the vehicle. NOTICE: Take care not to damage the SST wire harness. (5) Connect the SST's red clip to the battery positive (+) terminal and the black clip to the battery negative (-) terminal. Deploy the airbag. (1) Check that no one is inside the vehicle or within a 10 m (33 ft.) radius of the vehicle. (2) Press the SST activation switch and deploy the airbag. CAUTION: • When deploying the airbag, make sure that no one is near the vehicle. • The airbag becomes very hot when it is deployed. Do not touch it for at least 30 minutes after activation. • Use gloves and safety glasses when handling a deployed airbag. • Do not apply water to a deployed airbag. • Always wash your hands with water after completing the operation. HINT: The airbag is deployed as the LED of the SST activation switch comes on. DISPOSE OF ONLY CURTAIN SHIELD AIRBAG ASSEMBLY NOTICE: • When disposing of the curtain shield airbag, never use the customer's vehicle to deploy the airbag. • Be sure to follow the procedure detailed below when deploying the airbag. HINT: Prepare a battery as the power source to deploy the airbag. RS RS–296 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM – CURTAIN SHIELD AIRBAG ASSEMBLY SST RS C110371E01 (a) Check if SST is functioning properly (see page RS270). (b) Remove the curtain shield airbag assembly (see page RS-291). CAUTION: When removing the curtain shield airbag, work must be started at least 90 seconds after the ignition switch is turned OFF and the negative () terminal cable is disconnected from the battery. (c) Cut off the deployment section of the curtain shield airbag. H043775E02 A Stripped Wire Harness Section B104882E08 Width Inner Diameter H043776E03 (d) Using a service wire harness for the vehicle, tie down the curtain shield airbag to the tire. Wire harness: Stripped wire harness section A: 1.25 mm2 or more (0.0019 in.2 or more) CAUTION: Do not use wire harnesses that are too thin or any other substitute items to tie down the curtain shield airbag assembly. They may snap when the airbag deploys. Always use vehicle wire harnesses that have an area of at least 1.25 mm2 (0.0019 in.2). HINT: To calculate the area of the stripped wire harness section: Area = 3.14 x Diameter2/4 (1) Position the curtain shield airbag inside the tire as shown in the illustration. Tire size: Must exceed the following dimensions Width: 185 mm (7.28 in.) Inner diameter: 360 mm (14.17 in.) CAUTION: Make sure that the wire harness is tight. If there is slack in the wire harness, the curtain shield airbag assembly may become loose due to the shock when the airbag is deployed. SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM – CURTAIN SHIELD AIRBAG ASSEMBLY RS–297 NOTICE: Use tires that you are planning to throw away, as the airbag deployment may damage the tires. (e) Install SST. (1) After connecting SST to each other, connect them to the curtain shield airbag. SST 09082-00802 (09082-10801, 0908220801) (f) Place the tires. CAUTION: Place the curtain shield airbag so that its deployment direction is away from the ground. SST H043777E03 Tires (2 or more) Tires (2 or more) (1) Place at least 2 tires under the tire to which the curtain shield airbag is tied. (2) Place at least 2 tires over the tire to which the curtain shield airbag is tied. The top tire should have a disc wheel installed. NOTICE: Do not place the SST connector under the tire because it could be damaged. H043778E05 (3) Tie the tires together with 2 wire harnesses. CAUTION: Make sure that the wire harnesses are tight. If there is slack in a wire harness, the tires may come loose when the airbag is deployed. B105087 (g) Install SST. (1) Connect the SST connector. SST 09082-00700 NOTICE: To avoid damaging the SST connector and wire harness, do not lock the secondary lock of the twin lock. Also, secure some slack for the SST wire harness inside the tire. (h) Deploy the airbag. (1) Connect the SST's red clip to the battery positive (+) terminal and the black clip to the battery negative (-) terminal. (2) Check that no one is within a 10 m (33 ft.) radius of the airbag. Curtain Shield Airbag Assembly LH Battery SST 10 m (33 ft) or more A125173E03 RS RS–298 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM – CURTAIN SHIELD AIRBAG ASSEMBLY (3) Press the SST activation switch and deploy the airbag. CAUTION: When deploying the airbag, make sure that no one is near the tire. HINT: The airbag is deployed as the LED of the SST activation switch comes on. RS (i) H043780E02 Dispose of the curtain shield airbag. CAUTION: • The airbag becomes very hot when it is deployed. Do not touch it for at least 30 minutes after activation. • Use gloves and safety glasses when handling a deployed airbag. • Do not apply water to a deployed airbag. • Always wash your hands with water after completing the operation. (1) Remove the curtain shield airbag from the tire. (2) Place the curtain shield airbag in a plastic bag, tie it tightly and dispose of it in the same way as other general parts. SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM – FRONT SEAT SIDE AIRBAG ASSEMBLY RS–299 FRONT SEAT SIDE AIRBAG ASSEMBLY ON-VEHICLE INSPECTION 1. CHECK FRONT SEAT SIDE AIRBAG ASSEMBLY (VEHICLE NOT INVOLVED IN COLLISION) (a) Perform a diagnostic system check (see page RS41). (b) With the front seat installed on the vehicle, perform a visual check. If there are any defects as mentioned below, replace the front seat assembly with a new one: Cuts, minute cracks or marked discoloration on the front seat side airbag assembly. CAUTION: For removal and installation of the front seat side airbag, be sure to follow the correct procedures. 2. CHECK FRONT SEAT SIDE AIRBAG ASSEMBLY (VEHICLE INVOLVED IN COLLISION AND AIRBAG NOT DEPLOYED) (a) Perform a diagnostic system check (see page RS41). (b) With the front seat side airbag assembly removed from the vehicle, perform a visual check. If there are any defects as mentioned below, replace the front seat with a new one: • Cuts, minute cracks or marked discoloration on the front seat side airbag. • Cracks or other damage to the wire harness or connector. CAUTION: For removal and installation of the front seat side airbag, be sure to follow the correct procedures. H043764E02 H043765E02 RS RS–300 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM – FRONT SEAT SIDE AIRBAG ASSEMBLY DISPOSAL HINT: When scrapping a vehicle equipped with an SRS or disposing of the front seat side airbag assembly, be sure to deploy the airbag first in accordance with the procedure described below. If any abnormality occurs with the airbag deployment, contact the SERVICE DEPARTMENT of TOYOTA MOTOR SALES, U.S.A., INC. CAUTION: • Never dispose of a front seat side airbag assembly that has an unactivated airbag. • The airbag produces an exploding sound when it is deployed, so perform the operation outdoors and where it will not create a nuisance to nearby residents. • When deploying the airbag, always use the specified SST (SRS airbag deployment tool). • Perform the operation in a place away from electrical noise. • When deploying the airbag, perform the operation at least 10 m (33 ft.) away from the airbag assembly. • The airbag becomes very hot when it is deployed. Do not touch it for at least 30 minutes after activation. • Use gloves and safety glasses when handling a deployed airbag. • Do not apply water to a deployed airbag. • Always wash your hands with water after completing the operation. RS 1. SST C110371E01 DISPOSE OF FRONT SEAT SIDE AIRBAG ASSEMBLY TOGETHER WITH VEHICLE HINT: Prepare a battery as the power source to deploy the airbag. (a) Check if SST is functioning properly (see page RS270). (b) Follow the "Precaution" (see page RS-1). (c) Disconnect the cable from the negative (-) battery terminal. Wait at least 90 seconds after disconnecting the cable to prevent the airbag from deploying. (d) Remove the front seat (see page SE-4). HINT: Keep the front seat assembly in the cabin. (e) Install SST. (1) Disconnect the yellow connector from the front seat side airbag. NOTICE: When handling the airbag connector, take care not to damage the airbag wire harness. SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM – FRONT SEAT SIDE AIRBAG ASSEMBLY RS–301 (2) Connect the SST connector to the front seat side airbag connector. SST 09082-00700, 09082-00750 NOTICE: To avoid damaging the SST connector and wire harness, do not lock the secondary lock of the twin lock. (3) Install the front seat (see page SE-10). SST H043766E03 Battery SST 10 m or more C110476E03 (f) 2. (4) Move SST at least 10 m (33 ft.) away from the vehicle front side window. (5) Maintaining enough clearance for the SST wire harness in the front side window, close all the doors and windows of the vehicle. NOTICE: Take care not to damage the SST wire harness. (6) Connect the SST's red clip to the battery positive (+) terminal and the black clip to the battery negative (-) terminal. Deploy the airbag. (1) Check that no one is inside the vehicle or within a 10 m (33 ft.) radius of the vehicle. (2) Press the SST activation switch and deploy the airbag. CAUTION: • When deploying the airbag, make sure that no one is near the vehicle. • The airbag becomes very hot when it is deployed. Do not touch it for at least 30 minutes after activation. • Use gloves and safety glasses when handling a deployed airbag. • Do not apply water to a deployed airbag. • Always wash your hands with water after completing the operation. HINT: The airbag is deployed as the LED of the SST activation switch comes on. DISPOSE OF ONLY FRONT SEAT SIDE AIRBAG ASSEMBLY NOTICE: • When disposing of the front seat side airbag, never use the customer's vehicle to deploy the airbag. • Be sure to follow the procedure detailed below when deploying the airbag. HINT: Prepare a battery as the power source to deploy the airbag. RS RS–302 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM – FRONT SEAT SIDE AIRBAG ASSEMBLY SST RS C110371E01 Wire Harness Diameter A Stripped Wire Harness Section B104882E09 (a) Check if SST is functioning properly (see page RS270). (b) Remove the front seat side airbag. (1) Remove the front seat (see page SE-4). (2) Remove the 2 nuts and the front seat side airbag from the seatback assembly. CAUTION: • When removing the front seat side airbag, work must be started at least 90 seconds after the ignition switch is turned OFF and the negative (-) terminal cable is disconnected from the battery. • When storing the front seat side airbag, keep the airbag deployment side facing upward. (c) Using a service wire harness for the vehicle, tie down the front seat side airbag to the tire. Wire harness: Stripped wire harness section A: 1.25 mm2 or more (0.0019 in.2 or more) HINT: To calculate the area of the stripped wire harness section: Area = 3.14 x Diameter2/4 CAUTION: Do not use wire harnesses that are too thin or any other substitute items to tie down the front seat side airbag. They may snap when the airbag deploys. Always use vehicle wire harnesses that have an area of at least 1.25 mm2 (0.0019 in.2). (1) Install the 2 nuts to the front seat side airbag. H043781E02 (2) Wind the wire harness around the stud bolts of the front seat side airbag as shown in the illustration. H043767E02 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM – FRONT SEAT SIDE AIRBAG ASSEMBLY Width Inner Diameter H043768E04 RS–303 (3) Position the front seat side airbag inside the tire. Tire size: Must exceed the following dimensions Width: 185 mm (7.28 in.) Inner diameter: 360 mm (14.17 in.) CAUTION: • Make sure that the wire harness is tight. If there is slack in the wire harness, the front seat side airbag may become loose due to the shock when the airbag is deployed. • Always tie down the front seat side airbag with the airbag deployment direction facing inside the tire. NOTICE: Use tires that you are planning to throw away, as the airbag deployment may damage the tires. (d) Install SST. (1) Connect the SST connector to the front seat side airbag connector. SST 09082-00750 SST H043769E04 Tires (2 or more) Tires (2 or more) (e) Place the tires. (1) Place at least 2 tires under the tire to which the front seat side airbag is tied. (2) Place at least 2 tires over the tire to which the front seat side airbag is tied. The top tire should have a disc wheel installed. NOTICE: Do not place the SST connector under the tire because it could be damaged. H043800E03 (3) Tie the tires together with 2 wire harnesses. CAUTION: Make sure that the wire harnesses are tight. If there is slack in a wire harness, the tires may come loose when the airbag is deployed. B105087 RS RS–304 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM – FRONT SEAT SIDE AIRBAG ASSEMBLY (f) Front Seat Side Airbag Assembly LH RS Battery SST 10 m (33 ft) or more A125222E03 H000544 Install SST. (1) Connect the SST connector. SST 09082-00700 NOTICE: To avoid damaging the SST connector and wire harness, do not lock the secondary lock of the twin lock. Also, secure some slack for the SST wire harness inside the tire. (g) Deploy the airbag. (1) Connect the SST's red clip to the battery positive (+) terminal and the black clip to the battery negative (-) terminal. (2) Check that no one is within a 10 m (33 ft.) radius of the airbag. (3) Press the SST activation switch and deploy the airbag. CAUTION: When deploying the airbag, make sure that no one is near the tire. HINT: The airbag is deployed as the LED of the SST activation switch comes on. (h) Dispose of the front seat side airbag assembly. CAUTION: • The airbag becomes very hot when it is deployed. Do not touch it for at least 30 minutes after activation. • Use gloves and safety glasses when handling a deployed airbag. • Do not apply water to a deployed airbag. • Always wash your hands with water after completing the operation. (1) Remove the front seat side airbag from the tire. (2) Place the front seat side airbag in a plastic bag, tie it tightly and dispose of it in the same way as other general parts. SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM – CENTER AIRBAG SENSOR ASSEMBLY RS–305 CENTER AIRBAG SENSOR ASSEMBLY SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM RESTRAINTS COMPONENTS RS CENTER AIRBAG SENSOR ASSEMBLY 17.5 (178, 13) NO. 3 AIR DUCT REAR INSTRUMENT PANEL FINISH PANEL LOWER N*m (kgf*cm, ft.*lbf) : Specified torque ) B126632E02 RS–306 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM – CENTER AIRBAG SENSOR ASSEMBLY ON-VEHICLE INSPECTION RS 1. CHECK CENTER AIRBAG SENSOR ASSEMBLY (VEHICLE NOT INVOLVED IN COLLISION AND AIRBAG NOT DEPLOYED) (a) Perform a diagnostic system check (see page RS41). 2. CHECK CENTER AIRBAG SENSOR ASSEMBLY (VEHICLE INVOLVED IN COLLISION AND AIRBAG NOT DEPLOYED) (a) Perform a diagnostic system check (see page RS41). 3. CHECK CENTER AIRBAG SENSOR ASSEMBLY (VEHICLE INVOLVED IN COLLISION AND AIRBAG DEPLOYED) (a) Replace the center airbag sensor. CAUTION: For removal and installation of the center airbag sensor assembly, be sure to follow the correct procedures. SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM – CENTER AIRBAG SENSOR ASSEMBLY RS–307 REMOVAL CAUTION: Be sure to read the precautionary notices concerning the SRS airbag system before servicing it (see page RS-1). H043784E02 1. DISCONNECT CABLE FROM NEGATIVE BATTERY TERMINAL CAUTION: Wait at least 90 seconds after disconnecting the cable from the negative (-) battery terminal to prevent airbag and seat belt pretensioner activation. 2. REMOVE INSTRUMENT PANEL FINISH PANEL LOWER CENTER (See page IP-18) 3. REMOVE NO. 3 AIR DUCT REAR 4. REMOVE CENTER AIRBAG SENSOR ASSEMBLY (a) Remove the 3 bolts and airbag sensor. (b) Disconnect the airbag sensor connectors. RS RS–308 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM – CENTER AIRBAG SENSOR ASSEMBLY INSTALLATION CAUTION: Be sure to read the precautionary notices concerning the SRS airbag system before servicing it (see page RS-1). RS 1. INSTALL CENTER AIRBAG SENSOR ASSEMBLY (a) Install the airbag sensor with the 3 bolts. Torque: 17.5 N*m (178 kgf*cm, 13 ft.*lbf) CAUTION: • If the airbag sensor has been dropped, or there are any cracks, dents or other defects in the case, bracket or connector, replace it with a new one. • When installing the airbag sensor, be careful that the SRS wiring does not interfere with other parts and that it is not pinched between other parts. (b) Connect the airbag sensor connectors. 2. INSTALL NO. 3 AIR DUCT REAR 3. INSTALL INSTRUMENT PANEL FINISH PANEL LOWER CENTER (See page IP-21) 4. CONNECT CABLE TO NEGATIVE BATTERY TERMINAL 5. PERFORM INITIALIZATION (a) Perform initialization (see page IN-32). NOTICE: Certain systems need to be initialized after disconnecting and reconnecting the cable from the negative (-) battery terminal. 6. CHECK SRS WARNING LIGHT (a) Check the SRS warning light (see page RS-31). H043784E03 RS–308 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM – FRONT AIRBAG SENSOR FRONT AIRBAG SENSOR SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM RESTRAINTS COMPONENTS RS 9.0 (92, 80 in.*lbf) FRONT AIRBAG SENSOR RH FRONT AIRBAG SENSOR LH 17.5 (178, 13) ENGINE UNDER COVER RH ENGINE UNDER COVER LH N*m (kgf*cm, ft.*lbf) : Specified torque ) B126633E02 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM – FRONT AIRBAG SENSOR RS–309 ON-VEHICLE INSPECTION 1. CHECK FRONT AIRBAG SENSOR (VEHICLE NOT INVOLVED IN COLLISION AND AIRBAG NOT DEPLOYED) (a) Perform a diagnostic system check (see page RS41). 2. CHECK FRONT AIRBAG SENSOR (VEHICLE INVOLVED IN COLLISION AND AIRBAG NOT DEPLOYED) (a) Perform a diagnostic system check (see page RS41). (b) If the front fender of the vehicle or its periphery are damaged, perform a visual check: • Check for cracks, dents or chips in the case. • Check for cracks, dents, chips and scratches in the connector. • Check for peeling of the label or damage on the serial number. If any of the defects mentioned above are present, replace the front airbag sensor with a new one. CAUTION: For removal and installation of the front airbag sensor, be sure to follow the correct procedures. 3. CHECK FRONT AIRBAG SENSOR (VEHICLE INVOLVED IN COLLISION AND AIRBAG DEPLOYED) (a) Replace the front airbag sensor. CAUTION: • For removal and installation of the front airbag sensor, be sure to follow the correct procedures. • If the airbags have deployed, replace the front airbag sensor on the side in which the collision occurred. Replace both if necessary. RS RS–310 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM – FRONT AIRBAG SENSOR REMOVAL CAUTION: Be sure to read the precautionary notices concerning the SRS airbag system before servicing it (see page RS-1). RS 1. DISCONNECT CABLE FROM NEGATIVE BATTERY TERMINAL CAUTION: Wait at least 90 seconds after disconnecting the cable from the negative (-) battery terminal to prevent airbag and seat belt pretensioner activation. 2. REMOVE ENGINE UNDER COVER LH 3. REMOVE ENGINE UNDER COVER RH 4. REMOVE FRONT AIRBAG SENSOR LH (a) Disconnect the sensor connector. (b) Remove the 2 bolts and sensor. 5. REMOVE FRONT AIRBAG SENSOR RH (a) Disconnect the sensor connector. (b) Remove the 2 bolts and sensor. H043786E02 C127028 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM – FRONT AIRBAG SENSOR RS–311 INSTALLATION CAUTION: Be sure to read the precautionary notices concerning the SRS airbag system before servicing it (see page RS-1). 1. INSTALL FRONT AIRBAG SENSOR LH (a) Install the sensor with the 2 bolts. Torque: 17.5 N*m (178 kgf*cm, 13 ft.*lbf) CAUTION: • If the airbag sensor has been dropped, or there are any cracks, dents or other defects in the case or connector, replace it with a new one. • When installing the airbag sensor, make sure that the SRS wiring does not interfere with other parts and is not pinched between other parts. (b) Check that there is no free play in the installation parts of the sensor. (c) Connect the sensor connector. 2. INSTALL FRONT AIRBAG SENSOR RH (a) Install the sensor with the 2 bolts. Torque: 9.0 N*m (92 kgf*cm, 80 ft.*lbf) NOTICE: • If the airbag sensor has been dropped, or there are any cracks, dents or other defects in the case or connector, replace it with a new one. • When installing the airbag sensor, make sure that the SRS wiring does not interfere with other parts and is not pinched between other parts. (b) Check that there is no free play in the installation parts of the sensor. (c) Connect the sensor connector. 3. INSTALL ENGINE UNDER COVER LH 4. INSTALL ENGINE UNDER COVER RH 5. CONNECT CABLE TO NEGATIVE BATTERY TERMINAL 6. PERFORM INITIALIZATION (a) Perform initialization (see page IN-32). NOTICE: Certain systems need to be initialized after disconnecting and reconnecting the cable from the negative (-) battery terminal. 7. CHECK SRS WARNING LIGHT (a) Check the SRS warning light (see page RS-31). H043786E03 C127028 RS RS–312 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM – SIDE AIRBAG SENSOR SIDE AIRBAG SENSOR SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM RESTRAINTS COMPONENTS RS FRONT SEAT OUTER BELT ASSEMBLY LH 5.0 (51, 44 in.*lbf) REAR DOOR OPENING TRIM WEATHERSTRIP LH 42 (428, 31) 9.0 (92, 80 in.*lbf) SIDE AIRBAG SENSOR ASSEMBLY LH FRONT DOOR OPENING TRIM WEATHERSTRIP LH REAR DOOR SCUFF PLATE LH CENTER PILLAR GARNISH LOWER LH N*m (kgf*cm, ft.*lbf) : Specified torque ) FRONT DOOR SCUFF PLATE LH B126634E03 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM – SIDE AIRBAG SENSOR RS–313 ON-VEHICLE INSPECTION 1. CHECK SIDE AIRBAG SENSOR (VEHICLE NOT INVOLVED IN COLLISION) (a) Perform a diagnostic system check (see page RS41). 2. CHECK SIDE AIRBAG SENSOR (VEHICLE INVOLVED IN COLLISION AND AIRBAG NOT DEPLOYED) (a) Perform a diagnostic system check (see page RS31). (b) When the center pillar of the vehicle or its periphery are damaged, check if there is any damage to the side airbag sensor. If there are any defects as mentioned below, replace the side airbag sensor with a new one: • Cracks, dents or chips on the sensor housing. • Cracks or other damage to the connector. • Peeling off of the label or damage to the serial number. CAUTION: For removal and installation of the side airbag sensor, be sure to follow the correct procedures. 3. CHECK SIDE AIRBAG SENSOR (VEHICLE INVOLVED IN COLLISION AND AIRBAG DEPLOYED) (a) Replace the side airbag sensor. CAUTION: • For removal and installation of the side airbag sensor, be sure to follow the correct procedures. • If the airbags have deployed, replace the side airbag sensor on the side in which the collision occurred. Replace both if necessary. RS RS–314 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM – SIDE AIRBAG SENSOR REMOVAL CAUTION: Be sure to read the precautionary notices concerning the SRS airbag system before servicing it (see page RS-1). RS H043789E03 1. DISCONNECT CABLE FROM NEGATIVE BATTERY TERMINAL CAUTION: Wait at least 90 seconds after disconnecting the cable from the negative (-) battery terminal to prevent airbag and seat belt pretensioner activation. HINT: • Use the same procedures for the RH side and LH side. • The procedures listed below are for the LH side. 2. REMOVE FRONT DOOR SCUFF PLATE LH (See page IR-7) 3. REMOVE REAR DOOR SCUFF PLATE LH (See page IR-9) 4. REMOVE FRONT DOOR OPENING TRIM WEATHERSTRIP LH 5. REMOVE REAR DOOR OPENING TRIM WEATHERSTRIP LH 6. REMOVE CENTER PILLAR GARNISH LOWER LH (See page IR-9) 7. REMOVE FRONT SEAT OUTER BELT ASSEMBLY LH (See page SB-9) 8. REMOVE SIDE AIRBAG SENSOR ASSEMBLY LH (a) Remove the 2 nuts and sensor. (b) Disconnect the connector. SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM – SIDE AIRBAG SENSOR RS–315 INSTALLATION CAUTION: Be sure to read the precautionary notices concerning the SRS airbag system before servicing it (see page RS-1). HINT: • Use the same procedures for the RH side and LH side. • The procedures listed below are for the LH side. 1. INSTALL SIDE AIRBAG SENSOR ASSEMBLY LH (a) Install the sensor with the 2 nuts. Torque: 9.0 N*m (92 kgf*cm, 80 in.*lbf) CAUTION: • If the airbag sensor has been dropped, or there are any cracks, dents or other defects in the case, bracket or connector, replace it with a new one. • When installing the airbag sensor, be careful that the SRS wiring does not interfere with other parts and that it is not pinched between other parts. (b) Check that there is no looseness in the installation parts of the sensor. (c) Connect the connector. 2. INSTALL FRONT SEAT OUTER BELT ASSEMBLY LH (See page SB-10) 3. INSTALL CENTER PILLAR GARNISH LOWER LH (See page IR-17) 4. INSTALL REAR DOOR OPENING TRIM WEATHERSTRIP LH 5. INSTALL FRONT DOOR OPENING TRIM WEATHERSTRIP LH 6. INSTALL REAR DOOR SCUFF PLATE LH (See page IR-18) 7. INSTALL FRONT DOOR SCUFF PLATE LH (See page IR-19) 8. CONNECT CABLE TO NEGATIVE BATTERY TERMINAL 9. PERFORM INITIALIZATION (a) Perform initialization (see page IN-32). NOTICE: Certain systems need to be initialized after disconnecting and reconnecting the cable from the negative (-) battery terminal. H043789E02 10. CHECK SRS WARNING LIGHT (a) Check the SRS warning light (see page RS-31). RS RS–316 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM – REAR AIRBAG SENSOR REAR AIRBAG SENSOR SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM RESTRAINTS COMPONENTS RS REAR SIDE SEATBACK FRAME LH 17.5 (178, 13) REAR AIRBAG SENSOR LH REAR SEAT CUSHION ASSEMBLY N*m (kgf*cm, ft.*lbf) : Specified torque ) B126635E02 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM – REAR AIRBAG SENSOR RS–317 ON-VEHICLE INSPECTION 1. CHECK REAR AIRBAG SENSOR (VEHICLE NOT INVOLVED IN COLLISION) (a) Perform a diagnostic system check (see page RS41). 2. CHECK REAR AIRBAG SENSOR (VEHICLE INVOLVED IN COLLISION AND AIRBAG NOT DEPLOYED) (a) Perform a diagnostic system check (see page RS41). (b) When the quarter panel of the vehicle or its periphery is damaged, check if there is any damage to the rear airbag sensor. If there are any defects as mentioned below, replace the rear airbag sensor with a new one: • Cracks, dents or chips on the sensor housing. • Cracks or other damage to the connector. • Peeling off of the label or damage to the serial number. CAUTION: For removal and installation of the rear airbag sensor, be sure to follow the correct procedures. 3. CHECK REAR AIRBAG SENSOR (VEHICLE INVOLVED IN COLLISION AND AIRBAG DEPLOYED) (a) Replace the rear airbag sensor. CAUTION: • For removal and installation of the rear airbag sensor, be sure to follow the correct procedures. • If the airbags are deployed, replace the rear airbag sensor on the side in which the collision occurred. Replace both if necessary. RS RS–318 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM – REAR AIRBAG SENSOR REMOVAL CAUTION: Be sure to read the precautionary notices concerning the SRS airbag system before servicing (see page RS-1). HINT: • Use the same procedures for the RH side and LH side. • The procedures listed below are for the LH side. RS H043790E03 1. DISCONNECT CABLE FROM NEGATIVE BATTERY TERMINAL CAUTION: Wait at least 90 seconds after disconnecting the cable from the negative (-) battery terminal to prevent airbag and seat belt pretensioner activation. 2. REMOVE REAR SEAT CUSHION ASSEMBLY (See page SE-15) 3. REMOVE REAR SIDE SEATBACK FRAME LH 4. REMOVE REAR AIRBAG SENSOR LH (a) Remove the 2 bolts and sensor. (b) Disconnect the connector. SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM – REAR AIRBAG SENSOR RS–319 INSTALLATION CAUTION: Be sure to read the precautionary notices concerning the SRS airbag system before servicing it (see page RS-1). HINT: • Use the same procedures for the RH side and LH side. • The procedures listed below are for the LH side. 1. INSTALL REAR AIRBAG SENSOR LH (a) Install the sensor with the 2 bolts. Torque: 17.5 N*m (178 kgf*cm, 13 in.*lbf) CAUTION: • If the airbag sensor has been dropped, or there are any cracks, dents or other defects in the case, bracket or connector, replace it with a new one. • When installing the airbag sensor, be careful that the SRS wiring does not interfere with other parts and that it is not pinched between other parts. (b) Check that there is no looseness in the installation parts of the airbag sensor. (c) Connect the connector. 2. INSTALL REAR SIDE SEATBACK FRAME LH 3. INSTALL REAR SEAT CUSHION ASSEMBLY (See page SE-23) 4. CONNECT CABLE TO NEGATIVE BATTERY TERMINAL 5. PERFORM INITIALIZATION (a) Perform initialization (see page IN-32). NOTICE: Certain systems need to be initialized after disconnecting and reconnecting the cable from the negative (-) battery terminal. 6. CHECK SRS WARNING LIGHT (a) Check the SRS warning light (see page RS-31). H043790E02 RS SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM – SEAT POSITION SENSOR RS–319 SEAT POSITION SENSOR SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM RESTRAINTS COMPONENTS RS FRONT SEAT ASSEMBLY FRONT SEAT CUSHION SHIELD “TORX” SCREW 8.0 (82, 71 in.*lbf) SEAT SLIDE POSITION SENSOR PROTECTOR SEAT POSITION SENSOR N*m (kgf*cm, ft.*lbf) : Specified torque ) B126636E03 RS–320 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM – SEAT POSITION SENSOR ON-VEHICLE INSPECTION RS 1. CHECK SEAT POSITION SENSOR (VEHICLE NOT INVOLVED IN COLLISION) (a) Perform a diagnostic system check (see page RS41). 2. CHECK SEAT POSITION SENSOR (VEHICLE INVOLVED IN COLLISION) (a) Perform a diagnostic system check (see page RS41). (b) Even if the airbag was not deployed, check if there is any damage to the seat position sensor. If there are any defects as mentioned below, replace the seat position sensor with a new one: • Cracks, dents or chips on the sensor housing. • Cracks or other damage to the connector. CAUTION: For removal and installation of the seat position sensor, be sure to follow the correct procedures. SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM – SEAT POSITION SENSOR RS–321 REMOVAL CAUTION: Be sure to read the precautionary notices concerning the SRS airbag system before servicing it (see page RS-1). Seat Slide Position Sensor Protector Seat Position Airbag Sensor Torx Screw H043792E03 1. DISCONNECT CABLE FROM NEGATIVE BATTERY TERMINAL CAUTION: Wait at least 90 seconds after disconnecting the cable from the negative (-) battery terminal to prevent airbag and seat belt pretensioner activation. 2. REMOVE FRONT SEAT ASSEMBLY (a) Remove the front seat assembly (see page SE-4). 3. REMOVE SEAT POSITION SENSOR (a) Remove the seat slide position sensor protector. (b) Disconnect the connector. (c) Using a T30 "torx" socket, remove the screw and seat position sensor. RS RS–322 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM – SEAT POSITION SENSOR INSTALLATION CAUTION: Be sure to read the precautionary notices concerning the SRS airbag system before servicing it (see page RS-1). RS 1. INSTALL SEAT POSITION SENSOR (a) Check that the power switch is off. (b) Check that the negative battery (-) terminal is disconnected. CAUTION: After disconnecting the cable from the negative battery terminal, wait for at least 90 seconds before starting the operation. (c) Using a 1 mm (0.039 in.) feeler gauge, install the seat position sensor. NOTICE: • If the seat position sensor has been dropped, or there are any cracks, dents or other defects in the case or connector, replace the seat position sensor with a new one. • When installing the seat position sensor, be careful that the SRS wiring does not interfere with other parts and that it is not pinched between other parts. HINT: Be sure that the clearance between the seat position sensor and the seat rail is within 0.6 mm (0.023 in.) to 1.4 mm (0.055 in.). (d) Using a "torx" socket wrench (T30), tighten the "torx" screw to install the seat position sensor. Torque: 8.0 N*m (82 kgf*cm, 71 in.*lbf) (e) Make sure that the clearance between the seat position sensor and the seat rail is within 0.6 mm (0.023 in.) to 1.4 mm (0.055 in.). (f) Check that there is no looseness in the installation parts of the seat position sensor. (g) Connect the connector. (h) Install the seat slide position sensor protector to the seat position sensor. 2. INSTALL FRONT SEAT ASSEMBLY (a) Install the front seat assembly (see page SE-10). 3. CONNECT CABLE TO NEGATIVE BATTERY TERMINAL 4. PERFORM INITIALIZATION (a) Perform initialization (see page IN-32). NOTICE: Certain systems need to be initialized after disconnecting and reconnecting the cable from the negative (-) battery terminal. 5. CHECK SRS WARNING LIGHT (a) Check the SRS warning light (see page RS-31). Seat Position Airbag Sensor 1 mm Feeler Gauge Seat Rail H043795E03